A320 System Configuration Guide

System Configuration Guide
A320 Family
Issue 6, Revision 1
January 2012
Document in accordance with the following Standard Specifications:
A318-100 P 000 01000 issue 04
A319-100 J 000 01000 issue 07
A320-200 D 000 02000 issue 08
A321-200 E 000 02000 issue 05
Authorized by BSMC
CC1200001
A320 Family
Intentionally left blank
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012
[ REF-2]
A320 Family
Title
Table of contents
ATA
Title
ATA
Introduction
00
Water/waste
38
Certification and external livery
02
Information systems
46
General aircraft design criteria
03
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)
49
Placards and markings
11
Structures
51
Air conditioning
21
Doors
52
Auto flight
22
Fuselage
53
Communications
23
Stabilizers
55
Electrical power
24
Windows
56
Equipment/furnishings
25
Wings
57
Fire protection
26
Engines
72
Fuel
28
Engine fuel and control
73
Hydraulic power
29
Oil
79
Ice and rain protection
30
Indicating/recording systems
31
Landing gear
32
Lights
33
Navigation
34
Oxygen
35
Page TOC-1
A320 Family
Table of contents
Table of Contents
Page TOC-2
A320 Family
Detailed table of contents
TITLE
Page
ATA ref
Introduction
[00]
00.00.200 - Introduction
[00-2]
Certification and external livery
[02]
02.10.104 - Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats

02.10.111 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements
02.10.112 - Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements
02.10.120 - 15 knots tailwind certification
02.10.123 - Operation on runways with reduced width
02.10.190 - ETOPS 120/180 min
02.12.122 - Compliance status with EU-OPS 1
02.12.123 - Compliance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC)
02.12.130 - EASA certification of Take Off/Landing operation on wet grooved / PFC
runways
02.40.101 - External livery
General aircraft design criteria

03.20.300 - Design weights (A318)
10
12
16
20
22
24
30
32
34
[02-2]
[02-4]
[02-8]
[02-12]
[02-14]
[02-16]
[02-22]
[02-24]
[02-26]
36
[02-28]
39
[03]
40
44
[03-2]
[03-6]
Page DTOC-1
Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE
Placards and markings

11.00.124 - Installation of leasing identification plates
11.20.100 - Second language for door operation external placards and markings
11.20.110 - Second language for selected external placards and markings
11.20.119 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) permanent steering markers
11.20.135 - Second language for residual cabin & cargo pressure exterior door warning
placards
11.21.101 - Emergency cut-out markings
11.22.100 - Landing gear placards
11.30.100 - Installation of additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds
11.30.121 - Second language for cargo compartment placards
11.30.136 - US and metric units for cargo compartment height placards
11.33.101 - Placard for flight crew oxygen system
A320 Family
Page
48
52
57
ATA ref
[03-10]
[03-14]
[11]
58
60
62
64
68
[11-2]
[11-4]
[11-6]
[11-8]
[11-12]
72
76
78
82
86
90
[11-16]
[11-20]
[11-22]
[11-26]
[11-30]
[11-34]
Air conditioning
93
[21]
21.20.108 - Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection

21.22.100 - Installation of electrical heaters for foot air outlets in the cockpit
21.26.110 - Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction
94
98
102
[21-2]
[21-6]
[21-10]
Page DTOC-2
A320 Family
TITLE
21.27.108 - Avionics ventilation air filter alternate equipment
21.28.201 - Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold
21.28.210 - Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold
21.41.100 - Installation of front air outlets at flight crew foot level
21.43.201 - Installation of heating system for forward cargo hold
21.43.204 - Installation of heating system for complete aft cargo hold
21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters
Auto flight
22.00.104 - Automatic landing capability
22.70.100 - Flight Management (FM) kits alternate equipment
22.81.143 - Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton
22.82.103 - Installation of third Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
Communications
23.00.132 - Installation (based on basic common provision) of Emergency Locator
Transmitter (ELT)
23.11.102 - Full provision for single HF system
23.11.111 - Full provision for dual HF system
23.11.116 - Installation of single HF system (SFE)
23.11.131 - Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one (SFE)
Page
106
110
114
118
120
124
128
131
132
134
138
142
ATA ref
[21-14]
[21-18]
[21-22]
[21-26]
[21-28]
[21-32]
[21-36]
[22]
[22-2]
[22-4]
[22-8]
[22-12]
145
[23]
148
[23-4]
152
156
160
162
[23-8]
[23-12]
[23-16]
[23-18]
Page DTOC-3
Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE
23.11.155 - Installation of dual HF system (SFE)
23.11.167 - Additional wiring for HF Data Link (HFDL) function
23.11.169 - Activation of HF Data Link (HFDL) function
23.12.130 - VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment
23.13.100 - Installation of alternate Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23.13.101 - Installation of third Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23.13.105 - Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function
23.28.170 - Installation of AERO H+/SBB SATCOM cockpit voice interface
23.28.210 - Installation of SATCOM AERO H+ SRT 2100B system
23.28.211 - Installation of SwiftBroadband (SBB) SATCOM system
23.50.110 - Installation of additional Audio Control Panel (ACP) and jack panel
23.50.135 - Installation of headset for fourth occupant
23.50.138 - Cockpit hand microphone alternate equipment
23.51.103 - Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE)
23.51.136 - Boomsets alternate equipment
23.51.139 - Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs
23.70.110 - Installation of a video monitoring system
23.71.103 - Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) alternate equipment
23.71.110 - Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power supply for CVR
23.71.120 - System provision for CVR capable of data link recording
23.73.200 - Installation of cockpit and cabin alert switches (Aircraft Security Project)
A320 Family
Page
166
170
172
174
178
180
184
186
188
192
196
200
204
206
210
214
218
220
224
226
228
ATA ref
[23-22]
[23-26]
[23-28]
[23-30]
[23-34]
[23-36]
[23-40]
[23-42]
[23-44]
[23-48]
[23-52]
[23-56]
[23-60]
[23-62]
[23-66]
[23-70]
[23-74]
[23-76]
[23-80]
[23-82]
[23-84]
Page DTOC-4
A320 Family
TITLE
Electrical power
24.55.101 - Passenger Address (PA) power supply in emergency condition with batteries
OFF
Equipment/furnishings
25.10.108 - Installation of paper holder on the glareshield
25.11.102 - Pilot seats alternate covers - sheepskin
25.11.208 - Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit
25.27.100 - Installation of heated floor panels for fwd passenger/crew/service door area
25.27.101 - Installation of On/off switch for heated floor panels
25.50.137 - Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels
25.50.510 - Basic full bulk configuration selection in forward and aft cargo holds
25.50.520 - Installation of reinforced floor panels for heavy bulk usage in forward and aft
cargo holds
25.52.190 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold
(A320)
25.52.191 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold
(A321)
25.52.202 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold - sliding
carpet system
Page
ATA ref
231
[24]
232
[24-2]
235
[25]
238
240
244
248
252
254
258
262
[25-4]
[25-6]
[25-10]
[25-14]
[25-18]
[25-20]
[25-24]
[25-28]
268
[25-34]
272
[25-38]
274
[25-40]
Page DTOC-5
Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE
25.52.204 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold
(A319/A320)
(A321)
25.52.212 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding
carpet system
25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft
cargo holds (A320/A321)
25.52.310 - Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo holds
(A320/A321)
25.52.315 - Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS
25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in fwd and
aft cargo holds
25.52.407 - Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)
25.52.410 - Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door area
(A319)
25.52.500 - Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold
25.52.511 - Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold
Fire protection
26.20.103 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) fire extinguisher alternate equipment
26.21.104 - Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment
A320 Family
Page
278
ATA ref
[25-44]
282
[25-48]
284
[25-50]
288
[25-54]
294
[25-60]
298
300
[25-64]
[25-66]
304
308
[25-70]
[25-74]
312
316
[25-78]
[25-82]
319
[26]
320
324
[26-2]
[26-6]
Page DTOC-6
A320 Family
TITLE
26.23.103 - Cargo holds fire extinguisher alternate equipment
26.23.111 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 120 min
Fuel
28.11.133 - Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo
hold
28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft
cargo hold
28.11.225 - Installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold
28.11.235 - Installation of two Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo hold
28.25.107 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing
28.25.110 - Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit
28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel
Hydraulic power
29.10.110 - Hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) alternate equipment
29.21.104 - Electropumps alternate equipment
Page
328
330
334
ATA ref
[26-10]
[26-12]
[26-16]
337
[28]
338
[28-2]
342
[28-6]
346
352
356
360
364
[28-10]
[28-16]
[28-20]
[28-24]
[28-28]
367
[29]
368
372
[29-2]
[29-6]
Page DTOC-7
Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE
Ice and rain protection

30.41.102 - Installation of intermittent function of windshield wipers
30.70.108 - Extended freezing protection
30.81.105 - Installation of dual advisory ice detection system
Indicating/recording systems
31.00.107 - US units for indicators and labels
31.14.103 - Overhead panel toggle switches re-orientation
31.33.051 - Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU) alternate equipment
31.33.132 - Installation of Quick Access Recorder (QAR/WGL-QAR)
31.33.200 - Solid State Flight Data Recorder (SSFDR) alternate equipment
31.33.210 - Digital Flight Data Recorder System (DFDRS) capabilities
31.36.161 - Installation of Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR/WGL-DAR) (BFE)
31.60.114 - Indication of metric altitude on Primary Flight Display (PFD)
31.60.120 - Installation of Electronic Instrument System (EIS2)
31.65.100 - Activation of Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on Navigation Display (ND)
Landing gear
32.40.113 - Wheels and brakes alternate equipment
32.41.111 - Main Landing Gear (MLG) tires selection and alternate equipment
A320 Family
Page
ATA ref
375
[30]
376
380
382
[30-2]
[30-6]
[30-8]
387
[31]
388
392
396
402
406
410
412
416
420
422
[31-2]
[31-6]
[31-10]
[31-16]
[31-20]
[31-24]
[31-26]
[31-30]
[31-34]
[31-36]
425
[32]
426
430
[32-2]
[32-6]
Page DTOC-8
A320 Family
TITLE
32.41.120 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tires selection
32.48.200 - Installation of universal brake cooling fans
32.49.109 - Installation of Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS) on twin wheel
Lights
33.12.109 - Changes in cockpit illumination (excluding instrument and panel lighting)
33.43.000 - Runway turnoff lights
33.46.000 - Taxi and take-off lights
Navigation
34.00.108 - QNH/QFE BARO setting
34.13.105 - Installation of aspirated Total Air Temperature (TAT) probes
34.13.106 - Pitot probes alternate equipment
34.15.101 - Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors alternate equipment
34.20.203 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) optional functions
34.35.109 - System provision for Head Up Display (HUD) system installation
34.35.110 - Installation (based on provision) of Head Up Display (HUD) system
34.41.302 - Full single Weather Radar (WXR) system alternate equipment
34.41.310 - Installation of dual Weather Radar (WXR) System
34.42.101 - Radio altimeters alternate equipment
Page
434
438
442
ATA ref
[32-10]
[32-14]
[32-18]
445
[33]
446
448
450
[33-2]
[33-4]
[33-6]
453
[34]
456
460
464
468
472
476
478
480
484
488
[34-4]
[34-8]
[34-12]
[34-16]
[34-20]
[34-24]
[34-26]
[34-28]
[34-32]
[34-36]
Page DTOC-9
Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE
34.42.117 - Radio altitude automatic call-outs
34.43.203 - Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) alternate equipment
(SFE)
34.43.250 - Installation of T2CAS
34.43.260 - T2CAS - Activation of alternate warnings
34.43.270 - Wiring provision for T3CAS
34.43.290 - Wiring provision for Aircraft Traffic Situation Awareness (ATSAW)
34.43.295 - Activation of ATSAW function
34.48.124 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - alternate
equipment
34.48.127 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) alternate warnings
34.48.132 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - optional functions
34.51.101 - Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators alternate equipment
34.52.117 - Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B OUT)
34.52.133 - Compliance with European enhanced surveillance (EHS) regulation
34.52.140 - Air Traffic Control (ATC) control panel alternate equipment
34.53.109 - Full provision for second Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
34.53.111 - Single Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system alternate equipment
34.53.119 - Installation of dual Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
34.55.102 - VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR)/Marker receivers alternate equipment
34.58.313 - Multi Mode Receiver (MMR) alternate equipment
34.58.316 - Activation of GLS function
A320 Family
Page
492
496
ATA ref
[34-40]
[34-44]
500
502
504
506
508
510
[34-48]
[34-50]
[34-52]
[34-54]
[34-56]
[34-58]
512
514
516
520
522
524
528
532
536
540
544
548
[34-60]
[34-62]
[34-64]
[34-68]
[34-70]
[34-72]
[34-76]
[34-80]
[34-84]
[34-88]
[34-92]
[34-96]
Page DTOC-10
A320 Family
TITLE
34.58.317 - Activation of FLS function
34.58.340 - Installation of MLS function for cat IIIb operation hosted by the MMR
Oxygen
35.11.102 - Installation of in-situ replenishment facility for cockpit oxygen cylinder
35.11.201 - Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment
35.20.010 - Installation of four oxygen masks per box
35.20.113 - Extended supply duration for passenger chemical oxygen system
35.20.114 - Extended supply duration for passenger gaseous oxygen system
Water/waste
38.10.104 - Installation of water conditioner in potable water system
38.41.101 - Installation of auxiliary compressor in the potable water pressurization
system
Information systems
46.21.102 - Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication (AOC)
software for ATSU
46.21.105 - Activation of ARINC 623 ATS applications in the ATSU
46.21.111 - Activation of VHF Data Link (VDL) Mode 2 function
Page
550
552
555
556
560
564
566
570
ATA ref
[34-98]
[34-100]
[35]
[35-2]
[35-6]
[35-10]
[35-12]
[35-16]
573
[38]
574
576
[38-2]
[38-4]
579
[46]
580
[46-2]
584
586
[46-6]
[46-8]
Page DTOC-11
Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE
46.21.140 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) A+
46.21.142 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) B+
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)

49.00.105 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate equipment
Structures
51.00.115 - Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention
51.22.250 - External livery decorative adhesive film
51.22.710 - Alternate paint system (CF primer/strippable) on standard areas (3 coats)
Doors
52.22.200 - Installation of additional emergency exits (A319)
52.51.100 - Installation of cockpit door release back-up system (MMEL conditions)
52.51.106 - Installation of modified door lock mechanism
Fuselage
53.30.050 - Belly fairing panels - extrusion strips
53.35.100 - Ram air inlet leading edge protection
A320 Family
Page
588
590
ATA ref
[46-10]
[46-12]
593
[49]
594
[49-2]
597
[51]
598
604
608
[51-2]
[51-8]
[51-12]
611
[52]
612
616
618
[52-2]
[52-6]
[52-8]
621
[53]
622
626
[53-2]
[53-6]
Page DTOC-12
A320 Family
TITLE
Stabilizers
55.30.101 - Installation of erosion protection on vertical stabilizer leading edge
Windows
56.10.102 - Cockpit windows alternate equipment
Wings
57.40.100 - Leading edge and leading edge devices
57.49.101 - Wing leading edge access panels - miscellaneous changes
Engines
72.00.118 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A318)
Engine fuel and control

73.21.100 - Installation of additional sensors for engine health monitoring
Page
ATA ref
629
[55]
630
[55-2]
633
[56]
634
[56-2]
639
[57]
640
642
[57-2]
[57-4]
645
[72]
646
650
654
658
[72-2]
[72-6]
[72-10]
[72-14]
661
[73]
662
[73-2]
Page DTOC-13
Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE
Oil
79.00.101 - Engine, engine accessories and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate
lubricating oil
79.40.101 - Installation of Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) oil level viewing port on
engine RH fan cowl
A320 Family
Page
ATA ref
665
[79]
666
[79-2]
670
[79-6]
Page DTOC-14
A320 Family
Reference
Title
00.00.200
Introduction
Introduction 00
Page 1
[ 00-1]
A320 Family
00 Introduction
00.00.200 - Introduction
Description
1) General
This Configuration Guide is dedicated to the aircraft
models and associated Standard Specifications indicated on the first page.
This Configuration Guide offers various options defined
as "Airbus preferred solutions" to the customer.
When used in conjunction with the Standard Specification and the other Configuration Guides a complete customization of the Aircraft is possible through the
selection of the different items and associated technical
solutions.
2) Basic aircraft
This Configuration Guide starts from the theoretical basic aircraft as shown in the reference layout for weight
and performance calculations of the corresponding
Standard Specification and incorporating any relevant
Manufacturer Specification Change Notice (MSCN).
3) Instructions for use

This Configuration Guide encompasses a wide range of
options and in some circumstances, it is possible that a
particular combination of options cannot be achieved.
Therefore, the Configuration Guide must be used in
conjunction with the expertise and assistance of Airbus.
4) Lead-times
This Configuration Guide shows items for which a predefined technical solution has been developed and for
which the lead times have been studied. Provided the
schedule as defined in the customer definition milestone chart is respected, these items can be installed
without affecting the delivery lead time.
Caution:
Some items require longer lead-time than normal, and
therefore customer decisions prior to Contractual Definition Freeze (CDF) deadlines. These items are highlighted in this catalogue by a special remark: "Subject to
lead-time constraints". For these items, specific decision deadlines shall be identified in customer definition
milestones.
00.00.200
Page 2
[ 00-2]
Introduction 00
A320 Family
00.00.200 - Introduction (Continued)
5) Catalogue presentation
On each page, the following information is provided:
Air Transport Association of America (ATA) title and
section number
date of the issue of the catalogue
option reference
For each item, the description is structured in subparts:
objective of the item
basic aircraft definition related to the item
description of the item in terms of modifications, in
some cases commented by a note and/or illustrated
by drawings
EPAC selection mode for the item shows whether the
item is selectable by individual or global Request For
Change (RFC)/Specification Change Notice (SCN)
procedure
technical solutions: a table describes all technical solutions (called TDU: Technical Description Unit) associated to the item.
Note: For comparison purposes, some tables also show
the basic aircraft equipment, labelled Std (Standard) in
the TDU column.
As far as possible, the arrangement of the items follows

the ATA 100 classification. The items are sorted by numerical order of reference numbers within a given ATA
chapter.
The different options bear a 7-digit reference number:
(e.g: 26.24.600) showing first the ATA (e.g. 26) and subATA (e.g. 24) classification, followed by a running number (e.g. 600).
Each technical solution (TDU) is referenced by a twodigit number (e.g. 02).
All items are listed in the Table Of Content (TOC) and
duplicated at the beginning of each chapter.
Definition of titles:
"... equipment selection", "... alternate equipment", "provisions for...", "Installation of...".
a) items titled "... equipment selection" relate to items
where the standard specification offers a choice of basic
equipment. For such items the customer is requested to
select from one of the choices on offer, unless alternate
equipment is required.
00.00.200
Page 3
[ 00-3]
A320 Family
00 Introduction
b) items titled "...alternate equipment" relate to items
where the customer can choose equipment alternate to
that defined in the Standard Specification.
pend on successful product qualification and proof of

compliance with Airbus performance requirements and
customer expectations.
c) items titled "Provisions for..." relate to items where

the customer can add structural and/or system provisions to prepare the a/c for later installation.
Weights
Weight definitions are as follows:
MWE: Effect of RFC/SCN on Manufacturer's Weight
Empty
OWE: Effect of RFC/SCN on Operator's Weight
Empty
APL: Effect of RFC/SCN on Available Payload
All weights quoted are for one off unless otherwise stated.
TBD: Weight effects have yet to be determined for RFC/
SCN.
Negl: Weight effect is small and will be taken as zero for
individual RFC/SCN.
Weights for alternative items are delta weights to the
corresponding Standard Specification unless otherwise
stated.
Where the EPAC selection mode is Global the weight of
the item shall be part of the relevant Global RFC/SCN.
Any weights shown in the catalogue for such items are
for guidance only.
d) items titled "Installation of..." relate to items where the

customer can add functions/equipment/systems on top
of the standard definition.
Selection conditions
Specific selection conditions may be associated to an
item and are identified by an icon and a special remark
visible in the TDU table (see example in the figure hereafter).
Such solutions may be at the initial phases of development or first application on Airbus aircraft. For these
items commitment to quality, industrial and technical capabilities, on time delivery and customer support de-
00.00.200
Page 4
[ 00-4]
Introduction 00
A320 Family
For some individual RFC/SCN the weight is dependent
on customer requirements, e.g. certain BFE items. The
weights for such items shall be taken for guidance only
and will be identified as such.
6) Definition handling
The customer's selection is recorded by Airbus in RFC
forms.
Then, a SCN is issued by Airbus, based on a customer's
RFC, and is submitted for customer's signature.
These RFCs/SCNs are issued before CDF directly on
customer request except if their content is to be adapted.
Global RFC/SCN
The global RFC consists of a checklist containing items
with considerable interdependence and equivalent
lead-times. The global RFC leads to the global SCN
which groups all selected items.
Individual RFC/SCN
The selection of individual items not covered by global
RFC/SCN is achieved via individual RFCs/SCNs.
Specific customer request

Items that are not mentioned in this Guide, or corresponding to a modified item, require specific customer
requests as a special feasibility study has to be initiated.
It is therefore essential for customers to review the Configuration Guide as soon as possible to identify which of
their requirements are covered and which are not.
This will allow the customers, with the assistance of Airbus, to raise in time the necessary specific requests related to items which are not covered by this Guide.
Such specific requests shall necessarily have an impact
in terms of lead times and resources and shall consequently lead to constraints and decisions that shall be
discussed in good faith between the customer and Airbus. Airbus hereby forewarns that this may lead to the
unfeasibility of certain requests.
7) Buyer's responsibility
All installation of equipment by any entity other than the
Manufacturer (including but not limited to the Buyer) for
which provisions are made or which are post-delivery of
the aircraft shall be made under the sole and full responsibility of the Buyer.
00.00.200
Page 5
[ 00-5]
A320 Family
00 Introduction
The Buyer shall hold harmless and indemnify the Manufacturer against any claims or/and damages related directly or indirectly to an incorrect installation of an
equipment or to such equipment itself, whether defective or not.
00.00.200
Page 6
[ 00-6]
Introduction 00
A320 Family
Figure 00-1 - Typical page description
Detailed description page
Chapter cover page
Option reference and title
with a list of available items

ATA title and section number
A320 Family 25 Equipment/furnishings
25 Equipment/furnishings
25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in
fwd and aft cargo holds
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To provide operational capability either to transport
ULDs and/or bulk freight up to a maximum average density of 15 lb/cu ft.
Reference
Title
25.52.212
Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet system
fender for protection devices for the rapid decom25.52.304

pression at frame 24 A.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
A320 Family
Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321)
25.52.310
Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200

Full bulk configuration and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo
holds.
System provision for CLS plus minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system.
25.52.315
Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS
25.52.404
Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo
holds
25.52.407
Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)
25.52.410
Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door area (A319)
25.52.500
Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200

The modification consists of the installation of:
electrically powered semi-automatic CLS
additional tie-down fittings
door nets with stanchions and divider nets for the forward and aft cargo holds
reinforced cargo floor panels for heavy bulk usage for
the forward and aft cargo holds, flat parts only
drainage system
side wall/ceiling panels for bulk loading in the forward
and aft cargo holds
25.52.511
Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold
25.52.404
Date of the issue of the catalogue
Page 246
[ 26-4] Issue 6 Revision 01, January 2012
Option reference
00.00.200
Page 243
[ 26-1]
page number
(ATA section + page number within the section)
Page 7
[ 00-7]
A320 Family
00 Introduction
Figure 00-2 - Example of technical solutions description table

Technical solution
identifier (TDU)
Selection
condition
remark
TDU
Title of the technical

solution and optional
remarks
Selection
condition
Applicable
series
Weights information
per series
MWE: Manufacturers Weight Empty
OWE: Operational Weight Empty
APL: Allowable Payload Change
Equipment information:
reference
vendor
PN (part numbers)
quantity
status (BFE or SFE)
Table 25-21 - Technical solutions description

Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Semi-automatic CLS in fwd

and aft cargo holds - without
ACT provision (A320/A321)
A320-200
A321-200
122.0/122.0/-122.0
102.0/102.0/-102.0
02

and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for one ACT (A320)
A320-200
153.0/153.0/-153.0
A321-200
133.0/133.0/-133.0
A320-200
177.0/177.0/-177.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Requires prior acceptance of

CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months.
03

CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A321)
04

provision for two ACTs (A320)
CN28.11.140/03 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A320).
00.00.200
Page 8
[ 00-8]
A320 Family
Certification and external livery 02
Reference
Title
02.10.104
Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats
02.10.111
Compliance with FAA type certification requirements
02.10.112
Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements
02.10.120
15 knots tailwind certification
02.10.123
Operation on runways with reduced width
02.10.190
ETOPS 120/180 min
02.12.122
Compliance status with EU-OPS 1
02.12.123
Compliance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC)
02.12.130
EASA certification of Take Off/Landing operation on wet grooved / PFC runways
02.40.101
External livery
Page 9
[ 02-1]
02 Certification and external livery
A320 Family
02.10.104 - Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats

To certify passenger seats in accordance with seat
frame specification AI 2521M1F100000 for dynamically
tested passenger seats.
A319/A320/A321
Passenger seats are certified in accordance with seat
frame specification AI 2520M1F000100.
A318
Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200

Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats is
mandatory for FAA certification on A319 and A321, but
is already included in the following option:
CN02.10.111/01 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

02.10.104
Page 10
[ 02-2]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
05
Certification of dynamically
tested passenger seats B/C
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
06
Certification of dynamically
tested passenger seats Y/C
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
Equipment
reference
02.10.104
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
Page 11
STS
[ 02-3]
A320 Family
02.10.111 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements

Objective
To install all modifications to be in compliance with FAA
type certification requirements.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is designed and constructed in accordance
with JAR-25 airworthiness requirements, and FAR-25
for US importation (see type certificate data sheet).
Description
The following changes shall be carried-out to be in compliance with the FAA Type Design of the respective Aircraft type:
A318-100
installation of ozone converters
installation of modified emergency exit inscription
and marking
installation of dynamically tested passenger seats as
per seat frame specification 2520 M1F 0005 00 (or
equivalent)
installation of weight placard on each overwing hatch
installation of passageways to emergency exits.
A319-100

and marking
equivalent)
A320-200
and marking
installation of maximum 179 passenger seats
A321-200
equivalent)
Note
On US registered a/c the installation of variable geometry seats in conjunction with photoluminescent floormounted EEPMS is prohibited.
02.10.111
Page 12
[ 02-4]
A320 Family
02.10.111 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements (Continued)

EPAC selection mode
Individual
02.10.111
Page 13
[ 02-5]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Compliance with FAA type certification requirements (A319/

A320/A321)
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
20.0/20.0/-20.0
20.0/20.0/-20.0
20.0/20.0/-20.0
A318-100
20.0/20.0/-20.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
For A319 and A321, not compatible with

CN02.10.104 - 16 g Certification of
dynamically passenger seats.
CN21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters.
Selection of CN11.30.131/05 - Installation
of weight placards on overwing hatch is
recommended.
08
Compliance with FAA type certification requirements (A318)

CN11.30.131/05 - Installation of weight
placards on overwing hatch.
02.10.111
Page 14
[ 02-6]
A320 Family
02.10.111
Page 15
[ 02-7]
A320 Family
02.10.112 - Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements

Objective
To install all modifications except cabin arrangement requirements, to be partially in compliance with FAA type
certification requirements.
A320-200
and marking.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is designed and constructed in accordance
with JAR-25 airworthiness requirements, and FAR-25
for US importation (see type certificate data sheet).
A321-200
installation of ozone converters.
Description
The following changes shall be carried-out to be partially in compliance with the FAA Type Design of the respective aircraft type:
A318-100
and marking
installation of weight placard on each overwing
hatch.
A319-100
and marking.
Note
on US registered a/c the installation of variable geometry seats in conjunction with photoluminescent
floor-mounted EEPMS is prohibited.
upon the selection of this option, AIRBUS will, no later than 6 months before aircraft Industrial Delivery,
issue the FAA Type Design Statement to the end
customer including:
- "Compliance Status to the FAA Type Design" (List of
Modifications required to meet US Type Design)
- "Additional Requirements to obtain a US Standard Airworthiness Certificate" (Customization status for US operations).
the selection of this option ensures the partial compliance of the individual aircraft MSN to the FAA Type
Design, at the exclusion of the cabin layout.
02.10.112
Page 16
[ 02-8]
A320 Family
02.10.112 - Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements (Continued)

the delivery of a US Standard Airworthiness Certificate at Aircraft ID is subject to a prior FAA validation
process of the Aircraft customized definition. AIRBUS will timely initiate and control this process provided the end customer delivers, no later than 6
months before Aircraft ID, the final N-Registration
marks allocated by the FAA to the individual aircraft
MSN. Failure to meet this objective may generate
changes to the contractual definition (de-validation of
Modifications not timely approved by the FAA or Delay of the aircraft ID
a revised FAA TD Statement will be provided at time
of delivery.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
02.10.112
Page 17
[ 02-9]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
04
Partial compliance with FAA

type certification requirements (without seat arrangement requirements)
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
20.0/20.0/-20.0
20.0/20.0/-20.0
20.0/20.0/-20.0
A318-100
20.0/20.0/-20.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

Selection of CN11.30.131/05 - Installation
of weight placards on overwing hatch is
recommended.
06
Partial compliance with FAA

type certification requirements (without seat arrangement requir) (A318)
CN11.30.131/05 - Installation of weight
placards on overwing hatch.
02.10.112
Page 18
[ 02-10]
A320 Family
02.10.112
Page 19
[ 02-11]
A320 Family
02.10.120 - 15 knots tailwind certification

Objective
To be able to take off with a tailwind component up to
15 knots depending on engine type.
Basic aircraft
In the absence of specific flight tests, the usual interpretation of the current certification requirements is to limit
the tailwind operations to a maximum component of
10 knots.
Description
In order to operate the aircraft at a tailwind component
up to 15 knots, severe conditions shall be conducted by
the aircraft manufacturer. This includes flight test demonstrations with 1.5 x the desired limit in terms of tailwind.
additional engine characteristics justifications with

tailwind, in particular in terms of engine inlet.
Note
Depending on the sensitivity of the engine inlet characteristics with a tailwind, a slower thrust application at
take-off may be necessary, which in turn may require
"rolling take-off procedure". Both effects may require
long take-off distances and consequent aircraft gross
weight penalties for a given runway length.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
The certification dossier for tailwind operations at takeoff shall include:

new performance justifications, updating of flight
manual and flight crew operating manual
additional handling qualities demonstrations in flight,
including justification/modifications (if necessary) of
the computers settings (angle of attack protection
settings, windshear warning ...)
02.10.120
Page 20
[ 02-12]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
15 knots tailwind certification

at take-off
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
02.10.120
Page 21
[ 02-13]
A320 Family
02.10.123 - Operation on runways with reduced width

Objective
To authorize aircraft operation on runways with a width
comprised between 30 m and 45 m.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
The standard aircraft is certificated for operation on runways with a minimum width of 45 m.
Description
Certification for operation on runways less than
45 meters wide (width comprised between 30 m and
45 m) is achieved by performing the following modifications:
new performance justifications, updating of flight
manuals and TLC
new definition of MMEL, updating of certification documents
adjustment of limitations (e.g. crosswind, autoland),
updating of MEL and CDL.
Note
For aircraft equipped with a CLS and operating on reduced runway width, it is recommended to select a bulk
loading option.
02.10.123
Page 22
[ 02-14]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Aircraft Operation on runways

less than 45m wide
Not applicable in conjunction with PW
engines
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
02.10.123
Page 23
[ 02-15]
A320 Family
02.10.190 - ETOPS 120/180 min

Objective
To make the design capable of 120/180 min maximum
diversion time from diversion airport at normal one engine inoperative cruise speed.
Basic aircraft
Basic certification is with class C cargo holds.
Description
Modifications concern the supply of some systems in
electrical emergency conditions and their reliability as
required by the applicable ETOPS Configuration Maintenance and Procedure (CMP) document at the time of
aircraft delivery.
Note
The precise list of modifications depends upon the selected configuration of the aircraft:
applicable airworthiness requirement
engine model
APU type
cargo hold ventilation, heating.
ETOPS operation authorization can only be obtained

through application by the operator to its national authority. During the operational life of the aircraft, additional modifications may be necessary to maintain
systems reliability at the required level. They are not
covered by this change.
Requires prior acceptance of CN26.23.111 - Cargo
holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS
120 min or CN26.23.112 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min.
It is mandatory to have at least one HF installed for
ETOPS 120/180. Therefore, this option requires prior
acceptance of CN23.11.116 - Installation of single HF
system (SFE), or CN23.11.131 - Installation of single
HF system and full provision for second one (SFE), or
CN23.11.155 - Installation of dual HF system (SFE).
If the aircraft makes extended over water flights, under
EU-OPS 1 requirements, it is the responsibility of the
operator to install slide rafts (EECG item CN25.62.102)
and two portable ELTs (EECG item CN25.65.305).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
02.10.190
Page 24
[ 02-16]
A320 Family

Figure 02-1 - ETOPS - area of operation
(Non ETOPS twins)
Typical single engine speed
60 minute rule
120 minute rule
One engine failure flight path

(condition of ETOPS requirement)
180 minute rule
02.10.190
Page 25
[ 02-17]
A320 Family

Figure 02-2 - ETOPS 120/180 min options (A318)
A318 - ETOPS 120 min

EASA/JAA
FAA

EASA/JAA
FAA
CFM56-5B8/3
CN02.10.200/05
CN02.10.200/06
CN02.10.300/05
CN02.10.300/06
CFM56-5B9/3
CN02.10.200/07
CN02.10.200/08
CN02.10.300/07
CN02.10.300/08
PW6122A
CN02.10.200/11
CN02.10.200/12
CN02.10.300/11
CN02.10.300/12
PW6124A
CN02.10.200/13
CN02.10.200/14
CN02.10.300/13
CN02.10.300/14
Certified = SCG item

(no lead-time constraint)
Not certified
(lead-time constraint)
02.10.190
Page 26
[ 02-18]
A320 Family

EASA/JAA
FAA

EASA/JAA
FAA
CFM56-5B5/3
CN02.10.210/03
CN02.10.210/04
CN02.10.310/03
CN02.10.310/04
CFM56-5B6/3
CN02.10.210/15
CN02.10.210/16
CN02.10.310/15
CN02.10.310/16
CFM56-5B7/3
CN02.10.210/37
CN02.10.210/38
CN02.10.310/37
CN02.10.310/38
IAE V2522-A5
CN02.10.210/41
CN02.10.210/42
CN02.10.310/41
CN02.10.310/42
IAE V2524-A5
CN02.10.210/51
CN02.10.210/52
CN02.10.310/51
CN02.10.310/52
IAE V2527M-A5
CN02.10.210/61
CN02.10.210/62
CN02.10.310/61
CN02.10.310/62

02.10.190
Page 27
[ 02-19]
A320 Family

EASA/JAA
FAA
EASA/JAA
FAA
CFM56-5B4/3
CN02.10.220/03
CN02.10.220/04
CN02.10.320/03
CN02.10.320/04
CFM56-5B5/3
CN02.10.220/05
N/A
CN02.10.320/05
N/A
CFM56-5B6/3
CN02.10.220/07
N/A
CN02.10.320/07
N/A
IAE V2527-A5
CN02.10.220/41
CN02.10.220/42
CN02.10.320/41
CN02.10.320/42
IAE V2527E-A5
CN02.10.220/51
CN02.10.220/52
CN02.10.320/51
CN02.10.320/52

N/A = Not Applicable
02.10.190
Page 28
[ 02-20]
A320 Family

EASA/JAA
FAA

EASA/JAA
FAA
CFM56-5B1/3
CN02.10.240/09
CN02.10.240/10
CN02.10.330/09
CN02.10.330/10
CFM56-5B2/3
CN02.10.240/30
CN02.10.240/31
CN02.10.330/30
CN02.10.330/31
CFM56-5B3/3
CN02.10.240/13
CN02.10.240/14
CN02.10.330/13
CN02.10.330/14
IAE V2530-A5
CN02.10.240/21
CN02.10.240/22
CN02.10.330/21
CN02.10.330/22
IAE V2533-A5
CN02.10.240/11
CN02.10.240/12
CN02.10.330/11
CN02.10.330/12

02.10.190
Page 29
[ 02-21]
A320 Family
02.12.122 - Compliance status with EU-OPS 1

Objective
To provide compliance status report against EU-OPS 1,
subparts K & L or subparts K, L & S, at aircraft delivery.
Basic aircraft
The basic aircraft does not comply with EU-OPS 1, subparts K, L & S (cabin emergency equipment, Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) installation, TCAS change
7.0, ...).
Description
At aircraft delivery, a compliance status report against
EU-OPS 1, subparts K & L or subparts K, L & S, shall be
provided.
Note
The operator is responsible to show to their national operational authority the compliance of their aircraft with
EU-OPS 1. AIRBUS is providing help by raising a factual compliance review and cannot be responsible for the
non-compliance which may be identified.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
02.12.122
Page 30
[ 02-22]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Compliance status with EUOPS 1 - subpart K plus L

requirements
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
02
Compliance with EU-OPS 1 subpart K, L and S requirements
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
Equipment
reference
02.12.122
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
Page 31
STS
[ 02-23]
A320 Family
02.12.123 - Compliance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC)

Objective
To certify passenger seats and cabin attendant seats in
accordance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC).
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The passenger seat and cabin attendant seat configuration shall be compliant with CS25/FAR 25.562
regulation.
In particular, dynamic tests are required on passenger
seats and cabin attendant seats to demonstrate such
compliance for the agreed validated cabin layout.
Note
Airbus commitment to show compliance with such regulation at delivery remains subject to the on-time successful seat supplier results of passenger seat dynamic
tests.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
02.12.123
Page 32
[ 02-24]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
Compliance with CS25/FAR

25.562 (Head Injury Criteria HIC)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
02.12.123
Page 33
[ 02-25]
A320 Family
02.12.130 - EASA certification of Take Off/Landing operation on wet grooved / PFC

runways
To allow Take-Off/Landing performance calculation on
wet runway taking credit of specific runway pavement
(grooved or Porous Friction Course). On those specific
pavements, a higher braking friction coefficient, than on
standard smooth runways, can be reached.
The grooved/PFC (Porous Friction Course) runway is
associated to a specific braking friction coefficient on
wet runway.
state, taking into account the specific braking friction coefficient. The minimum OCTOPUS version needed for
calculation of the Landing A/C performance is V25.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

None.
The modification consists in introducing the relevant
limitations and performance through the AFM supplement to cover Take-Off/Landing operations under wet
conditions on grooved/PFC runways.
The minimum OCTOPUS version needed is V23.1 that
allows as an option to select the calculation of the Take
Off A/C performance (Accelerate Stop Distance) either
on a smooth runway state or on a grooved/PFC runway
02.12.130
Page 34
[ 02-26]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
EASA certification of Take-Off

operation on wet grooved /
PFC runways
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
02
EASA certification of Landing

operation on wet grooved /
PFC runways
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
Equipment
reference
02.12.130
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
Page 35
STS
[ 02-27]
A320 Family
02.40.101 - External livery

Objective
To deliver the aircraft painted in the livery of the buyer.
External livery means fuselage, vertical stabilizer and
nacelles.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is delivered painted in white (fuselage, vertical stabilizer), and light grey (wings, Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) and nacelles).
External markings are in English only.
Description
The aircraft fuselage, vertical stabilizer and nacelles
shall be painted according to the livery of the customer
as defined by:
a drawing prepared by AIRBUS, based on decorative
instructions from the customer (paper, floppy disk,
etc.)
painted colour samples prepared by AIRBUS, based
on instructions from the customer (colour references,
samples).
Note
Note 1:
Some metallic areas are and remain unpainted:
leading edges of slats

engine intake lips and exhaust, parts of pylons
scuff plates
horizontal stabilizer shield
THS forward leading edge
forward pylon fairings
equipment details such as angle of attack sensors,
static ports, selected antennas etc.
Note 2:
One RFC will be issued for drawing identification.
Note 3:
The complexity of each external livery (design, paint
blending and/or fading, number of colours, product selection, ...), can affect the paint production cycle. Consequently, each external livery is investigated on an
individual basis, and relevant terms and conditions will
be mentioned in the corresponding SCN (Specification
Change Notice).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
02.40.101
Page 36
[ 02-28]
A320 Family
Figure 02-6 - External livery (A319)
A319 shown
Principles valid for all A320 Family versions
IAE engine nacelle

anti-skid paint
CFM engine nacelle

THS leading edge
unpainted
Apron fairing
Slat leading edge

unpainted
THS travel area

Grey M9001 (polyurethane top coat)
Grey M9004 (upper wing coating)
White M8002
Metallic unpainted
02.40.101
Page 37
[ 02-29]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
External livery
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
TBD/TBD/TBD
TBD/TBD/TBD
TBD/TBD/TBD
TBD/TBD/TBD
Equipment
reference
External livery
02.40.101
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
TBD
QTY
TBD
Page 38
STS
SFE
[ 02-30]
A320 Family
Reference
Title
03.20.300
Design weights (A318)
03.20.400
03.20.500
03.20.600
General aircraft design criteria 03
Page 39
[ 03-1]
03 General aircraft design criteria
A320 Family

Objective for A318-100
To allow the customer to select predefined alternate design weight variants as shown in following table (selectable weight variants associated with basic and optional
engines/aircraft models).
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft for A318-100

The aircraft basic design weights (weight variant 000)
are as follows:
Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW) 59.4 t
Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 59 t
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 56 t
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 53 t.
Description for A318-100
changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Manual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Operation Manual, ...)
modification of the CG diagram
changes in all performance related manuals and software to adapt to the new maximum weights (MTOW,
MLW, )
replacement of labels bonded to the MLG main fitting
indicating MTOW and tire pressure
possibly, changes of the wheels when necessary.
03.20.300
Page 40
[ 03-2]
A320 Family
A3
1
PW 8-122
61
24
A
A3
1
PW 8-121
61
22
A
Design weights (t)
A3
CF 18-1
M5 12
6-5
B9
/3
Weight
variant
A3
CF 18-1
1
M
56 1
-5B
8/3
Figure 03-1 - Design weight options (A318)
CN03.20.311 CN03.20.312 CN03.20.321 CN03.20.322

000
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
59
56
53
61.5
56
53
63
57.5
54.5
64.5
57.5
54.5
66
57.5
54.5
68
57.5
54.5
56
56
53
61
56
53
64
56
53
TDU
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
20
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
01
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
02
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
03
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
04
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
05
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
06
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
07
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
08
03.20.300

Page 41
[ 03-3]
A320 Family

Figure 03-2 - Basic CG limits diagram (A318)
Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)
13
15
17
19
21
23
80
41 %RC
80
75
75
70
70
65
65
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
MTOW 59 000 kg
60
55
25
56
60
MLW 56 000 kg
57
55
MZFW 53 000 kg
50
50
Flight
Flight
45
45
42.6
Take-off
40
Landing
40
Landing
35
15
17 19 21 23
25
27 29 31 33
35
37 39 41 43
35
45 %RC
32.2
05 07 09 11 13
03.20.300
Page 42
[ 03-4]
A320 Family
Figure 03-3 - CG limits diagram with max. optional MTOW (A318)

80
41 %RC
80
75
75
70
21
23
25
27
29
31
MTOW 68 000 kg
33
35
37
39
33.0
19
32.0
17
18.7
15
16.7
13
70
65
65
63
63
60
60
MLW 57 500 kg
57
56
MZFW 54 500 kg
55
55
Flight
50
50
Flight
Landing
45
Take-off
Landing
35
05 07 09 11 13
40.6
31.18
Take-off
40
15
17 19 21 23
45
25
27 29 31 33
03.20.300
35
37 39 41 43
40
35
45 %RC
Page 43
[ 03-5]
A320 Family

are as follows:
Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 64 t
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 61 t
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 57 t.
Note for A319-100

If the Tire Pressure Indication System (TPIS) is installed, the TPIS computer pin programming has to be
modified accordingly.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Manual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Operation Manual, ...)
MLW, ...)
replacement of labels bonded to the NLG/MLG main
fitting indicating MTOW and tire pressure
possibly, changes of the brakes, wheels and tires
when necessary.
03.20.400
Page 44
[ 03-6]
A320 Family
A
E V 31925 133
27
MA5
IA
A
IAE 319
V2 -132
52
4-A
5
A
IA 319
E V -1
25 31
22
-A
5
A
CF 319
M
56 115
-5B
7/3
Design weights (t)
CF A319
M
56 112
-5B
6/3
Weight
variant
CF A319
M
56 111
-5B
5/3
CN03.20.411 CN03.20.412 CN03.20.415 CN03.20.431 CN03.20.432 CN03.20.433
008
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
64
61
57
70
61
57
75.5
62.5
58.5
68
61
57
68
62.5
58.5
70
62.5
58.5
73.5
62.5
58.5
75.5
61
57
64
62.5
58.5
009
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
66
62.5
58.5
011
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
012
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
66
61
57
62
61
57
000
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
TDU
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
20
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
01
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
02
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
03
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
04
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
05
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
06
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
07
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
08
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
09
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
11
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
12
03.20.400

Page 45
[ 03-7]
A320 Family

Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000)
80
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41% RC
80
75
75
70
70
MTOW 64 000kg
65
65
MLW 61 000kg
60
60
MZFW 57 000kg
55
55
50
50
49.6
45
Take-off
45
Flight
Take-off/landing
40
40
Flight
35.4
35
05
07
09
11
13
15
17 19 21 23
25
27 29 31 33
03.20.400
Landing
35
37 39 41 43
45
35
%RC
Page 46
[ 03-8]
A320 Family

13
15
17

19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
75
MTOW 75 500 kg
75
74.5
70
70
65.3
65
65
MLW 62 500 kg
60
60
25
MZFW 58 500 kg
55
55
49.6
50
45
Take-off
Take-off/landing
40
41 %RC
80
37
36
26
24
80
50
45
Flight
40
Flight
35.4
35
Landing
35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC
03.20.400
Page 47
[ 03-9]
A320 Family

are as follows:
Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 73.5 t
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 64.5 t
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 61.0 t.
possible limitations associated to high design

weights (for example maximum taxiing speed during
turns).
Note for A320-200
EPAC selection mode
Individual

changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Manual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Operation Manual, )
MLW, )
when necessary
03.20.500
Page 48
[ 03-10]
A320 Family

Weight
Variant
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
Design weights
(tons)
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
A320-214
CFM 56-5B4/3
A320-215
CFM 56-5B5/3
A320-216
CFM 56-5B6/3
A320-232
IAE V2527-A5
A320-233
IAE V2527E-A5
CN03.20.514
CN03.20.515
CN03.20.516
CN03.20.532
CN03.20.533
TDU
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
08
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
09
Certified
N/A
N/A
Certified
Certified
10
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
11
Certified
N/A
N/A
Certified
Certified
12
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
13
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
14
Certified
N/A
N/A
Certified
Certified
15
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
16
Certified
N/A
N/A
Certified
Certified
17
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
18
73.5
64.5
61
75.5
64.5
61
77
64.5
61
75.5
66
62.5
77
66
62.5
71.5
64.5
61
73.5
64.5
61.5
78
64.5
61
73.5
66
62.5
78
66
62.5
71.5
66
62.5
03.20.500
Certified = SCG item (no leadtime constraint)

N/A = Not Applicable
Page 49
[ 03-11]
A320 Family

15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
35
33
37
39
41% RC
90
90
85
85
80
80
75
75
MTOW 73 500kg
70
69.5
MLW 64 500kg
65
70
65
MZFW 61 000kg
60
60
55
55
50
50
47.5
45
45
Take-off
40
35
Flight
Take-off/landing
Flight
05
07
40
Landing
09 11 13
15
17 19 21 23
25
27 29 31 33
35
37 39 41 43
03.20.500
45
35
%RC
Page 50
[ 03-12]
A320 Family
03.20.500
Page 51
[ 03-13]
A320 Family

are as follows:
Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 89.0 t
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 75.5 t
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 71.5 t.
Note for A321-200

EPAC selection mode
Individual

changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Manual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Operation Manual, )
MLW, )
when necessary.
03.20.600
Page 52
[ 03-14]
A320 Family
IAE A321
V2 -232
53
0-A
5
IAE A321
V2 -231
53
3-A
5
CF A321
M5 -21
6-5 3
B2
/3
Design weights (t)
A
CF 321
M5 -21
6-5 2
B1
/3
Weight
variant
CF A321
M
56 211
-5B
3/3
CN03.20.611 CN03.20.612 CN03.20.613 CN03.20.631 CN03.20.632

000
001
002
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
89
75.5
71.5
93
77.8
73.8
89
77.8
73.8
87
75.5
71.5
85
75.5
71.5
83
75.5
71.5
83
73.5
69.5
80
73.5
69.5
78
73.5
69.5
85
77.8
73.8
93.5
77.8
73.8
Basic
Basic
Basic
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Basic
TDU
Basic
20
Certified
Certified
01
Certified
Certified
Certified
02
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
04
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
05
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
06
Not yet
certified
Certified
Certified
Not yet
certified
Certified
07
Not yet
certified
Certified
Certified
Not yet
certified
Certified
08
Not yet
certified
Certified
Certified
Not yet
certified
Certified
09
Not yet
certified
Certified
Certified
Not yet
certified
Certified
10
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
Certified
11
03.20.600

Not yet certified = certification possible
on specific customer request
(lead-time constraint)
Page 53
[ 03-15]
A320 Family

95
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41% RC
95
90
90
MTOW 89 000kg
85
85
81.8
80
40.1
80
MLW 75 500kg
75
75
MZFW 71 500kg
70
70
65
65
Take-off
60
60
55
55
50
50
45
45
Flight
Landing
Take-off/landing
40
40
Flight
35
05
07 09 11 13
15
17 19 21 23
25
27 29 31 33
35
03.20.600
37 39 41 43
45
35
%RC
Page 54
[ 03-16]
A320 Family

13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
41 %RC
95
88
36.
83
90
37.
89.0
MTOW 93 500 kg
21.65
19.65
91.5
90
.16
85
39
17.5
MLW 77 800 kg
40.6
15.5
80
15.33
85
80.3
79.2
75.5
MZFW 73 800 kg
9.5
75
39
17
95
80
75
70
70
65
65
60
60
55
55
50
50
Take-off/landing
Flight
45
45
Landing
42.9
Flight
E23_011_232A
Take-off
40
40
35
35
05 07 09 11 13
15
17 19 21 23
25
27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
03.20.600
45%RC
Page 55
[ 03-17]
A320 Family
03.20.600
Page 56
[ 03-18]
A320 Family
Placards and markings 11
Reference
Title
11.00.124
Installation of leasing identification plates
11.20.100
Second language for door operation external placards and markings
11.20.110
Second language for selected external placards and markings
11.20.119
Nose Landing Gear (NLG) permanent steering markers
11.20.135
Second language for residual cabin & cargo pressure exterior door warning placards
11.21.101
Emergency cut-out markings
11.22.100
Landing gear placards
11.30.100
Installation of additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds
11.30.121
Second language for cargo compartment placards
11.30.136
US and metric units for cargo compartment height placards
11.33.101
Placard for flight crew oxygen system
Page 57
[ 11-1]
A320 Family
11 Placards and markings

11.00.124 - Installation of leasing identification plates
Objective
To install supplementary (leasing) identification plates
on the aircraft.
Basic aircraft
Manufacturer and owner plates are installed on the
frame of the forward RH passenger/crew/service door.
A SELCAL plate is installed on the main instrument panel.
Description
Leasing plates are installed on each engine, on the upper frame of the forward LH passenger door and on the
cockpit side of lavatory A partition according to customer requirements.
Note
The wording of the plates shall be provided to AIRBUS
contracts as soon as possible or at the latest one week
before the start of the ground check.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
11.00.124
Page 58
[ 11-2]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of leasing identification plates on engines, LH

door frame and Lav A partition
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
02
Installation of leasing identification plates on engines
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
03
Installation of leasing identification plates on LH door frame
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
04
Installation of leasing identification plates on Lavatory A

partition
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
11.00.124
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
Page 59
STS
[ 11-3]
A320 Family
11.20.100 - Second language for door operation external placards and markings
Objective
To provide exterior placards and markings related to
door operation in bilingual (English and a second language) instead of English only.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
Exterior placards and markings are in English.
Description
The following exterior placards and markings, related to
operation, shall be bilingual:
passenger/crew doors and emergency exits
cargo doors.
(These markings are considered as one single package).
Note
the translation of the basic English wording into the
customers nominated language and a graphic, if necessary, shall be provided by the customer (high quality scale one printout and/or floppy disk)
an individual RFC has to be issued with the second
language identification (refer to external markings
booklets).
11.20.100
Page 60
[ 11-4]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Second language for door

operation external placards
and markings
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Second language
11.20.100
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
TBD
QTY
TBD
Page 61
STS
SFE
[ 11-5]
A320 Family
11.20.110 - Second language for selected external placards and markings

Objective
To provide selected external placards and markings in
bilingual (English and a second language) instead of
English only.
Basic aircraft
External placards and markings are in English.
Description
In addition to the external placards dedicated to residual
cabin pressure warnings and doors operation, it is possible to select some of the others external placards and
markings as bilingual ones.
Note
the translation of the basic English wording into the
customers nominated language and a graphic, if necessary, shall be provided by the customer
an individual RFC has to be issued for second language identification and the selection of concerned
placards and markings (refer to external markings
booklets).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
11.20.110
Page 62
[ 11-6]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
01
Second language for selected

external placards and markings (A319)
A319-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Second language
TBD
TBD
SFE
02

A320-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Second language
TBD
TBD
SFE
03

A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Second language
TBD
TBD
SFE
04

A318-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Second language
TBD
TBD
SFE
11.20.110
Page 63
[ 11-7]
A320 Family
11.20.119 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) permanent steering markers

Objective
To provide permanent steering markers on the nose
landing gear doors.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Nose wheel steering maximum angle markings (corresponding to a +/- 85 degree wheel position) and associated "NO TOW" texts shall be provided on both aft
doors of the Nose Landing Gear (NLG).
The areas shall be red with a 5 mm width white border
depending on background color (to be defined by AIRBUS). "NO TOW" shall be white.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
11.20.119
Page 64
[ 11-8]
A320 Family
Figure 11-1 - NO TOW markings on NLG aft doors

LEFT SIDE
RIGHT SIDE
11.20.119
Page 65
[ 11-9]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
18
Nose wheel steering "NO

TOW" zone and text on NLG aft
doors
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
11.20.119
Page 66
[ 11-10]
A320 Family
11.20.119
Page 67
[ 11-11]
A320 Family
11.20.135 - Second language for residual cabin & cargo pressure exterior door
warning placards
Objective
To provide translation in a second language for residual
cabin and cargo pressure exterior door warnings.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
To give warning on the ground that door handle operation with a cargo differential pressure will cause violent
door opening:
passenger/crew/service
doors
are
basically
equipped with a red light flashing if cabin differential
pressure is above 2.5 mbar
cargo doors are basically equipped with a vent door
actuated when door lever is unlocked
residual cabin pressure door warning placards on
passenger/crew/service doors, emergency exits and
cargo compartment doors are provided in English
language with space for a second language.
Note
the translation of the English wording into the language to be applied (customer text) shall be provided
by the customer in accordance with the associated
customer request
the translation of the interior warning placards for residual pressure is to be selected through CCG item
CN11.30.110 TDU 43.
11.20.135
Page 68
[ 11-12]
A320 Family
Figure 11-2 - Cabin and cargo exterior placards location for residual pressure
Window
Cargo doors outside
Outside
Slide armed*
Cabin pressure
indicator
Vent door
Window
PUSH
HERE
Handle
Flap
DANGER
DO NOT OPEN DOOR

IF RED WARNING LIGHT IS FLASHING
(CABIN PRESSURIZED !)
Space for
second
language
WARNING
ENSURE THAT YOU ARE POSITIONED

LEFT OF THE DOOR FRAME WHILE
UNLOCKING THE CARGO DOOR TO AVOID
INJURY IN CASE OF SUDDEN DOOR OPENING
11.20.135
Page 69
[ 11-13]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Second language for residual

cabin & cargo pressure exterior door warning placards
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Second language
11.20.135
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
TBD
QTY
TBD
Page 70
STS
SFE
[ 11-14]
A320 Family
11.20.135
Page 71
[ 11-15]
A320 Family

11.21.101 - Emergency cut-out markings
Objective
To enable rescue personnel to cut through the fuselage
structure with minimum obstruction/hindrance during
rescue operation.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The emergency-cut out markings are applied around a
cabin window on the outer LH and RH side fuselage including the English wording "CUT HERE IN EMERGENCY".
2 marking sets are applied on each side for A318 / A319
/ A320 and 3 marking sets for A321.
Note
The location depends on the interior monument positioning.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
11.21.101
Page 72
[ 11-16]
A320 Family
Figure 11-3 - Emergency cut-out markings
11.21.101
Page 73
[ 11-17]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Emergency cut-out markings
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
14
Bilingual emergency cut-out

markings
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Colour
TBD
SFE
Language placement
TBD
SFE
Second language
TBD
SFE
11.21.101
Page 74
[ 11-18]
A320 Family
11.21.101
Page 75
[ 11-19]
A320 Family

11.22.100 - Landing gear placards
Objective
To provide more detailed information for the maintenance.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
An "Inflate tyres with nitrogen only" placard is installed
on the NLG.
This placard is identical to the one basically installed on
the MLG.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
11.22.100
Page 76
[ 11-20]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
05
"INFLATE TYRES WITH NITROGEN ONLY" placard on NLG
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
11.22.100
Page 77
[ 11-21]
A320 Family
11.30.100 - Installation of additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds
Objective for A320-200 and A321-200
To provide indication for accessibility of system components installed behind the lining and partitions of forward and aft cargo holds.
Basic aircraft for A320-200 and A321-200
All placards within the cargo holds are installed in line
with the basic aircraft and different system options taken by the customer.
Description for A320-200 and A321-200
The following additional access placards shall be installed in forward and aft cargo holds to direct and ease
access for affected equipment:
ACCESS RAD.ALT.I (RADio ALTimeter transceiver)
ACCESS RAD.ALT.II
ACCESS TO parts of recirculation system
ECB ACCESS PANEL (Electronic Control Box)
VSC ACCESS PANEL (Vacuum System Controller)
ACCESS TO several system components
EPAC selection mode
Individual
11.30.100
Page 78
[ 11-22]
A320 Family
Figure 11-4 - Additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds
ACCESS RAD. ALT. I

ACCESS RAD. ALT. II
ECB
VSC
ACCESS PANEL
ACCESS PANEL
ACCESS TO
ACCESS TO
- RECIRCULATION FILTER
- RECIRCULATION FAN
- TRIM AIR VALVES
- TRIM AIR REG. VALVE
- MIXER FLAP ACTUATOR
- CONTROL UNIT FOR

DRAIN MAST ICE PROTECTION
- ACCELEROMETER UNIT
- FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLES
REMOVE THIS LINING
REMOVE THIS LINING
Typical access placards
11.30.100
Page 79
[ 11-23]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of additional
access placards in forward and
aft cargo holds
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Basic on A318/A319
11.30.100
Page 80
[ 11-24]
A320 Family
11.30.100
Page 81
[ 11-25]
A320 Family

11.30.121 - Second language for cargo compartment placards
Objective
To install bilingual cargo compartment placards and
signs.
Basic aircraft
The standard cargo compartment placards and signs
are monolingual and in English only.
Description
The bilingual cargo compartment placards and signs
can be installed either with:
English below and a second customer nominated
language
or with:
English above and a second customer nominated
language.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
11.30.121
Page 82
[ 11-26]
A320 Family
Figure 11-5 - Cargo compartment placards
MAX. LOADING HEIGHT
Monolingual - Basic
MIN. 2 CLEARANCE TO CEILING

10 - D255.72950.302
BILINGUAL PLACARD OPTIONS - EXAMPLE : English / Portuguese
ALTURA MAXIMA DO CARREGAMENTO

MAX. LOADING HEIGHT
Bilingual - Second language / English (TDU 02)
A 2" DE DISTANCIA DO TETO

MIN. 2" CLEARANCE TO CEILING
- EXAMPLE ONLY -
MAX. LOADING HEIGHT

ALTURA MAXIMA DO CARREGAMENTO
Bilingual - English / Second language (TDU 03)
MIN. 2" CLEARANCE TO CEILING

A 2" DE DISTANCIA DO TETO
- EXAMPLE ONLY -
11.30.121
Page 83
[ 11-27]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Std
Monolingual cargo compartment placards and signs English only
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
02
Bilingual cargo compartment

placards and signs - English
below and second language
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Second language
TBD
TBD
SFE
03
Bilingual cargo compartment

placards and signs - English
above and second language
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Second language
TBD
TBD
SFE
11.30.121
Page 84
[ 11-28]
A320 Family
11.30.121
Page 85
[ 11-29]
A320 Family
11.30.136 - US and metric units for cargo compartment height placards

To install cargo compartment height indication placards
with US and metric units (inch and mm).
The standard cargo compartment height indication placards show US units only.
The cargo compartment height indication placards with
US and metric units shall be installed in fwd and aft cargo holds on side lining close to ceiling to indicate the
maximum allowed height for bulk cargo operation.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
11.30.136
Page 86
[ 11-30]
A320 Family
Figure 11-6 - Cargo compartment height placards in US and metric units
MAX. LOADING HEIGHT

MIN. 2 in (50.8 mm) CLEARANCE TO CEILING
10 0255 72950.306
11.30.136
Page 87
[ 11-31]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
US and metric units for cargo

compartment height placards
Basic on A318
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
11.30.136
Page 88
[ 11-32]
A320 Family
11.30.136
Page 89
[ 11-33]
A320 Family

11.33.101 - Placard for flight crew oxygen system
Objective
Provide more detailed information for the maintenance.
Basic aircraft
General recommendation is provided.
Description
The oxygen supply system label shall feature the following wording:
Oxygen supply system
work to be performed by authorized personnel only
ensure hands & tools are clean to prevent system
contamination
during bottle replacement protect disconnected
ends.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
11.33.101
Page 90
[ 11-34]
A320 Family
Figure 11-7 - Placard for flight crew oxygen system
PRE MOD
BOTTLE REPLACEMENT
- ONLY AUTHORIZED OPERATION:
REMOVAL OF THE BOTTLES (S)
- DURING THE OPERATION PROTECT
DISCONNECTED ENDS
POST MOD
OXYGEN SUPPLY SYSTEM

- WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
- ENSURE HANDS & TOOLS ARE CLEAN
TO PREVENT SYS. CONTAMINATION
- DURING BOTTLE REPLACEMENT
PROTECT DISCONNECTED ENDS
11.33.101
Page 91
[ 11-35]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Oxygen supply system label

change
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
11.33.101
Page 92
[ 11-36]
A320 Family
Air conditioning 21
Reference
Title
21.20.108
Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection
21.22.100
Installation of electrical heaters for foot air outlets in the cockpit
21.26.110
Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction
21.27.108
Avionics ventilation air filter alternate equipment
21.28.201
Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold
21.28.210
Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold
21.41.100
Installation of front air outlets at flight crew foot level
21.43.201
Installation of heating system for forward cargo hold
21.43.204
Installation of heating system for complete aft cargo hold
21.70.109
Installation of ozone catalytic converters
Page 93
[ 21-1]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
21.20.108 - Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection

Objective
To allow the customer to select one of the two basic
vendors for the cabin air recirculation filter cartridges.
Basic aircraft
Two High Efficiency Particle Arrestor (HEPA) recirculation filter cartridges are installed.
Each filter cartridge is made of pleated glassfiber, integrated inside a reinforced cylinder.
Description
Basic filter cartridges are installed according to vendor
selection made under TDU 01 or TDU 03.
Note
if no vendor choice is made by the customer, one of
the selectable equipment will be installed according
to AIRBUS industrial requirements
filter housings remain the same.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
21.20.108
Page 94
[ 21-2]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
Figure 21-1 - Recirculation filters
FWD zone
supply duct
AFT zone
supply duct
Recirculation filter
FW
AI
FL
OW
Pack 1
Mixer unit
Housing
Pack 2
Filter cartridge
21.20.108
Page 95
[ 21-3]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
01
Cabin air recirculation filter

cartridge equipment selection PALL-APME
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
cartridge
PALL- APME
QA06423-01
SFE
03
Cabin air recirculation filter

cartridge equipment selection LE BOZEC, PN 424B200-7
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
cartridge
LE BOZEC
424B200-7
SFE
21.20.108
Page 96
[ 21-4]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
21.20.108
Page 97
[ 21-5]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
21.22.100 - Installation of electrical heaters for foot air outlets in the cockpit
Objective
To improve the comfort for the captain and first officer
by the installation of heaters within the foot air piping.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The modification consists in installing heaters within the
foot air piping and switches in the cockpit. The air temperature as well as the surface temperature in the vicinity of the feet shall be increased.
Note
This option is recommended for a flight duration higher
than 2 hours.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
21.22.100
Page 98
[ 21-6]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
Figure 21-2 - Electrical heater for foot air outlets
21.22.100
Page 99
[ 21-7]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
Installation of electrical heaters on the foot air outlets in

cockpit for Captain and F/O
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
21.22.100
Page 100
[ 21-8]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
21.22.100
Page 101
[ 21-9]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
21.26.110 - Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction
Objective
In order to reduce the cockpit noise mainly on ground at
low and moderate temperatures.
Basic aircraft
One blower fan and one extract fan provide adequate
avionics air flow ventilation.
Description
In order to reduce the cockpit noise level on ground the
blower and the extract fans of the avionics ventilation
system shall automatically reduce their speed in relation
with the avionics blowing air temperature.
The installed fans are equipped with ceramic ball bearings.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
21.26.110
Page 102
[ 21-10]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
Figure 21-3 - Avionics ventilation system

Avionics bay
Skin exch outlet
bypass valve
Skin exch
isol valve
Skin heat
exchanger
Skin air inlet

valve
Blower
fan
Extract
fan
Skin air
outlet valve
Avionics
equipment
Filter
Air cond
inlet valve
Valves and fans

control
Air cond duct
Cargo
underfloor
Skin exch
inlet bypass
valve
Ground-flight
AEVC
Thrust lever
position
Skin temperature
Reset p/b
Fault light
Blower fan
Extract fan
Ventilation fan
21.26.110
Page 103
[ 21-11]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction - TECHNOFAN
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
6.5/6.5/-6.5
6.5/6.5/-6.5
6.5/6.5/-6.5
6.5/6.5/-6.5
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
QTY
STS
Avionics ventilation
fan
TECHNOFAN
EVT3454J01
SFE
Fan speed controller
TECHNOFAN
DV3454A00
SFE
87232323V01
SFE
Sensor temperature THALES AVIONICS SA

speed control
Equipment
PN
21.26.110
Page 104
[ 21-12]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
21.26.110
Page 105
[ 21-13]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
21.27.108 - Avionics ventilation air filter alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the existing avionics
ventilation air filter.
Basic aircraft
One avionics ventilation air filter is installed.
Description
The air filter of the avionics ventilation system is replaced by alternate equipment. The cartridges are not
interchangeable but the aircraft interfaces of the filter
housings are identical.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
21.27.108
Page 106
[ 21-14]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
Figure 21-4 - Avionics ventilation air filter
Housing
Housing
Demister
Filter
cartridge
Filter
cartridge
Basic
equipment
Alternate
equipment
U-bend
Duct assembly
21.27.108
Page 107
[ 21-15]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
06
Avionics ventilation air filter

basic equipment - LE BOZEC,
PN 4200A200-6
Avionics ventilation air filter

alternate equipment - PALLAPME, QB0776
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Avionics ventilation
air filter cartridge
LE BOZEC
4200A200-6
SFE
Demister
LE BOZEC
425A200-5
SFE
Duct assembly
LE BOZEC
402U20-2
SFE
Housing
LE BOZEC
402K200-2
SFE
Cartridge
PALL- APME
QB0776
SFE
Housing
PALL- APME
QB0555
SFE
U-bend
PALL- APME
QB0553
SFE
21.27.108
Page 108
[ 21-16]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
21.27.108
Page 109
[ 21-17]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
21.28.201 - Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold

To provide a ventilation system for the forward cargo
hold, to enable increased utilization of the hold, e.g. carriage of livestock and perishable goods.
the ventilation flow rate will be:

Cargo holds are class C.
Dual loop smoke detection and a fire extinguishing systems are installed.
A320: 82 l/s (173 cu ft/min) on ground and 97 l/s

(205 cu ft/min) in flight.

Underfloor air drawn from the cabin enters the forward
cargo hold via an isolation valve and side inlets located
at lower LH side of the hold:
the air is extracted from the forward cargo hold
through a vent and discharged directly overboard via
an isolation valve and venturi
on ground the air is extracted by means of an electrical fan, installed upstream from the isolation valve,
which continues to operate until a differential pressure of 1 psi is reached
a cargo ventilation controller is installed in the avionics compartment which provides control and position
indication of the isolation valves
In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection system automatically closes both isolation valves and
switches off the extraction fan (if operating).
A319: 82 l/s (173 cu ft/min) on ground and 100 l/s

A321: 118 l/s (250 cu ft/min) on the ground and 165 l/s
EPAC selection mode

Individual
21.28.201
Page 110
[ 21-18]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
Figure 21-5 - Forward cargo hold ventilation system

Aircraft skin
Venturi
p Switch
Isolation valve
TEMP:
COND
ALTN MODE
FAN
CKPT 20
Extraction fan
AFT 23
FWD 22
44
40
FAN
38
H
H
HOT
AIR
Specific to the A321

FWD
Smoke
detectors
CARGO VENT
FWD ISOL VALVE
FAULT
OFF
Cabin
ambient air
Isolation
valve
Cargo
ventilation
controller
21.28.201
Page 111
[ 21-19]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
17.0/17.0/-17.0
20.0/20.0/-20.0
24.0/24.0/-24.0
21.28.201
Page 112
[ 21-20]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
21.28.201
Page 113
[ 21-21]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
21.28.210 - Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold

Objective
To provide a ventilation system for the aft cargo hold, to
enable increased utilization of the hold, e.g. carriage of
livestock and perishable goods.
Basic aircraft
System provision is installed.
Dual loop smoke detection and fire extinguishing systems are installed.
In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection system automatically closes both isolation valves and
switches off the extraction fan (if operating).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Description
Underfloor air drawn from the cabin enters the aft cargo
hold via an isolation valve and side inlets along the lower LH side of the forward part of the hold.
The air is extracted from the aft cargo hold through
vents in the rear wall near the ceiling and discharged via
an extraction fan and an isolation valve toward the outflow valve and then overboard.
The electrical air extraction fan operates on ground and
in flight.
The ventilation flow rate on ground and in flight is 150 l/
s (318 cu ft/min).
21.28.210
Page 114
[ 21-22]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
Figure 21-6 - Aft cargo hold ventilation system
Towards outflow valve

Isolation
valve
TEMP:
COND
ALTN MODE
FAN
CKPT 20
44
Extraction
fan
FWD 22
40
C
FAN
AFT 23
38
H
HOT
AIR
AFT
Smoke detectors
Cabin
ambient air
CARGO VENT
AFT ISOL VALVE
FAULT
OFF
Isolation valve
Cargo
ventilation
controller
21.28.210
Page 115
[ 21-23]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
16.0/16.0/-16.0
18.0/18.0/-18.0
21.0/21.0/-21.0
26.0/26.0/-26.0
02

associated with gaseous oxygen system
A319-100
19.0/19.0/-19.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

CN35.20.114/01 Extended duration passenger gaseous oxygen system.
21.28.210
Page 116
[ 21-24]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
21.28.210
Page 117
[ 21-25]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
21.41.100 - Installation of front air outlets at flight crew foot level
Objective
To propose an alternate solution to the basic flight crew
foot air outlets locations.
Basic aircraft
Conditioned air is fed into the cockpit at the following
points:
through lateral air outlets with adjustable airflow
through individual air outlets with adjustable airflow
and stream direction
through outlets at pilot foot level
through ceiling outlets with adjustable airflow.
Description
The modification consists in relocating the cockpit flight
crew foot air outlets. The conditioned air is no longer fed
underneath the seats from an installation in the side
panels, but is blown in from behind the foot pedals.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
21.41.100
Page 118
[ 21-26]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
Air conditioning - Cockpit air

heating - Introduce front blowers at flight crew foot level
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
21.41.100
Page 119
[ 21-27]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
21.43.201 - Installation of heating system for forward cargo hold
To provide a variable heating system for the forward
cargo hold to enable increased utilization of the hold,
e.g. carriage of livestock.
With ventilation of the forward cargo hold installed (optional), the modification consists of heating the air by hot
trim air bled from the hot air manifold.
Temperature control is achieved using inputs from the
temperature selector, the cargo hold air temperature
sensor and the supply duct temperature sensor.
A cargo heating controller is installed in the avionics
compartment providing control and indication of the trim
air valve, trim air pressure regulating valve and cargo
compartment temperature.
The forward cargo compartment heating system will

permit to select a stabilized lower mean temperature
limit between 5 DEG C (41 DEG F) and 26 DEG C
(79 DEG F) with an accuracy of plus or minus 2 DEG C
(3.6 DEG F) at the reference point.
In case the cargo door is not fully closed, the hot air supply is shut off by closing the trim air valve automatically.
In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection system automatically closes both isolation valves, switches
off the extraction fan and closes the trim air valve.
Requires prior selection of CN21.28.201/01 Installation
of ventilation system for forward cargo hold.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
21.43.201
Page 120
[ 21-28]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
Figure 21-7 - Forward cargo hold heating system

Aircraft skin
Venturi
p Switch
Isolation valve
TEMP:
COND
ALTN MODE
FAN
Compartment
temperature
sensor
CKPT 20
Extraction fan
FWD 22
44
AFT 23
40
FAN
38
H
H
HOT
AIR
FWD 18
48
Cargo
ventilation
controller
Smoke
detectors
CARGO HEAT
FWD ISOL VALVE
FAULT
Cabin
ambient air
Control panels (cockpit OVHD PNL)

MID CABIN
HOT AIR
Duct temp.
sensor
FAULT
OFF
COLD
OFF
HOT
PACK 2
PACK 2
FAULT
OFF
A
I
R
C
O
N
D
FWD
Hot air
Isolation
valve
Trim air
valve
Cargo
heat
controller
21.43.201
COLD
HOT
Page 121
[ 21-29]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of heating system

for forward cargo hold
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
10.0/10.0/-10.0
13.0/13.0/-13.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
21.43.201
Page 122
[ 21-30]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
21.43.201
Page 123
[ 21-31]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
21.43.204 - Installation of heating system for complete aft cargo hold

Objective
To provide a variable heating system for the aft cargo
hold, to enable increased utilization of the hold, e.g. carriage of livestock.
Basic aircraft
Description
With ventilation of the aft cargo compartment installed
(optional), the modification consists of heating the air by
hot trim air bleed directly from the APU bleed air duct.
The hot air is controlled by a trim air valve and an additional trim air pressure regulating valve.
A cargo heating controller is installed in the avionics
compartment providing control and indication of the trim
air valve, trim air pressure regulating valve and cargo
compartment temperature.
Temperature control is achieved using inputs from the
temperature selector, the cargo hold air temperature
sensor and the and the supply duct temperature sensor.
The aft cargo compartment heating system will permit to

select a stabilized lower mean temperature limit between 5 DEG C (41 DEG F) and 26 DEG C (79 DEG F)
with an accuracy of plus minus 2 DEG C (3.6 DEG F) at
the reference point.
In case the cargo door is not fully closed, the hot air supply is shut off by closing the trim air valve automatically.
In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection system automatically closes both isolation valves, switches
off the extraction fan and closes the trim air valve.
Note
of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
21.43.204
Page 124
[ 21-32]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
Figure 21-8 - Aft cargo hold heating system

Towards outflow valve
Isolation
valve
Extraction
fan
ECAM Page
TEMP:
COND
ALTN MODE
FAN
CKPT 20
44
C
FWD 22
40
C
FAN
AFT 23
38
H
HOT
AIR
Smoke detectors
AFT 18
48
Compartment temperature sensor

C
Cabin
ambient air
Pressure
regulating
valve
Duct temp.
sensor
From
APU
bleed air duct
HOT
AIR
Cargo
ventilation
controller
Control panel (Cockpit OVHD PNL)
Isolation valve
CARGO HEAT
Trim air
valve
AFT ISOL VALVE
FAULT
FAULT
OFF
OFF
AFT
Cargo
heat
controller
HOT AIR
21.43.204
COLD
Page 125
HOT
[ 21-33]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01

for complete aft cargo hold
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
21.0/21.0/-21.0
02

for complete aft cargo hold
associated with gaseous oxygen system
A319-100
16.0/16.0/-16.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

CN35.20.114/01 Extended duration gaseous passenger oxygen system.
21.43.204
Page 126
[ 21-34]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
21.43.204
Page 127
[ 21-35]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters
Objective
To protect the passengers from high ozone concentration.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
Space and structural provisions are provided by design
of the air generation components underneath the centre
wing box.
Description
Two ozone converters are installed in the bleed-air supply line upstream of the pack flow control valves.
In addition to the current ozone catalytic converter, a
combined VOC/ozone catalytic converter is proposed.
The benefit of the latter is the reduction of odors in the
cabin due to fuel vapor and engine exhaust gas ingestion into the bleed system while on ground and taxiing.
This change requires the removal of existing bleed air
supply ducts between frames 35-37 underneath centre
wing box.
21.70.109
Page 128
[ 21-36]
Air conditioning 21
A320 Family
Figure 21-9 - Ozone converters location

Engine bleed
Ozone converters
To pack 2
Cross bleed
valve
Flow control valves
To pack 1
21.70.109
Page 129
[ 21-37]
A320 Family
21 Air conditioning
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
07
Installation of ozone catalytic

converters - ENGELHARDT
CORPORATION, PN 20499006
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
19.7/19.7/-19.7
19.7/19.7/-19.7
19.7/19.7/-19.7
19.7/19.7/-19.7
Catalytic ozone
converter
ENGELHARDT
20499006
SFE
08
Installation of combined VOC/

ozone catalytic converters ENGELHARDT CORPORATION, PN 44018005
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
25.7/25.7/-25.7
25.7/25.7/-25.7
25.7/25.7/-25.7
25.7/25.7/-25.7
Catalytic VOC/
ozone converter
ENGELHARDT
44018005
SFE
VOC: Volatile Organic Compounds.
21.70.109
Page 130
[ 21-38]
A320 Family
Auto flight 22
Reference
Title
22.00.104
Automatic landing capability
22.70.100
Flight Management (FM) kits alternate equipment
22.81.143
Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton
22.82.103
Installation of third Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
Page 131
[ 22-1]
A320 Family
22 Auto flight
22.00.104 - Automatic landing capability
To perform automatic landings under conditions that
were not part of the aircraft initial autoland certification.
Depending on aircraft and engine types, the autoland
function has been certified for a standard domain of operations in terms of altitude, temperature...
The aircraft will be capable to perform automatic landings in an extended domain of operations.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
22.00.104
Page 132
[ 22-2]
Auto flight 22
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02

extension for CFM engines
(9200 ft)
A320-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
A320-215 and A320-216 : Subject to certification
06

extension for IAE engines
(9200 ft)
22.00.104
Page 133
[ 22-3]
A320 Family
22 Auto flight
22.70.100 - Flight Management (FM) kits alternate equipment
Objective
To offer a choice of supplier for FM kits and Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
Basic aircraft
Two FM kits are fitted in each FMGC (2 per aircraft) and
two MCDUs are fitted in the cockpit center pedestal.
Description
This option installs alternate FM kits (2 cards per
FMGC) and two MCDUs, instead of the basic equipment.
The equipment is mechanically, electrically interchangeable and functionally equivalent with the basic
one.
However mixing equipment from different suppliers is
not possible.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
22.70.100
Page 134
[ 22-4]
Auto flight 22
A320 Family
Figure 22-1 - FM kits alternate equipment
FMS cards
DIR
F-PLN
DIR
PROG
PERF
INIT
DATA
F-PLN
RAD
NAV
FUEL
PRED
SEC
F-PLN
ATC
COMM
AIR
PORT
PROG
PERF
RAD
NAV
FUEL
PRED
AIR
PORT
8
0
FMGC
FMGC
A2
F5
7
3
K8
INIT
DATA
SEC
F-PLN
ATC
COMM
CBRT D
MCDU DIM
G
I
MENU H
LD
G
6
9
L
M
E
P
H
QI
RJ
U
M
V
N
W
O
/
S
SP
OVFY
CLR
P0
Q-
Z
R
SP
OVFY
CLR
DIM
K
C
B
3
BRT
MCDU
MENU
MCDU
22.70.100
Page 135
[ 22-5]
A320 Family
22 Auto flight
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Std
Std
38
FM kits/MCDUs basic equipment - THALES AVIONICS/

SMITHS associated with PW
engines
FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC H2I11)

/ MCDU basic equip - HONEYWELL assoc. with IAE engines
FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC

H2C12) / MCDU basic equip HONEYWELL assoc. with CFM
engines
FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC H2I11)

/ MCDU altern. equip - HONEYWELL assoc. with PW engines
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Flight Management
Guidance Computer (FMGC)
THALES AVIONICS S.A. /

SMITHS
C13043BA03
SFE
Multipurpose Control and Display

Unit (MCDU)
THALES AVIONICS SA
C19266AA01
SFE
Flight Management
THALES AVIONICS S.A. / HONEYWELL
C13042BA03
SFE

Unit (MCDU)
HONEYWELL
INC.
4089740-961
SFE
Flight Management
C13042AA04
SFE

Unit (MCDU)
HONEYWELL
INC.
4089740-961
SFE
Flight Management
C13042BA03
SFE
FMS operational
software
HONEYWELL
INC.
PS4087600903
SFE

Unit (MCDU)
HONEYWELL
INC.
4089740-961
SFE
22.70.100
Page 136
[ 22-6]
Auto flight 22
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
48
49
50
FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC S6I11)

/ MCDU altern. equip - THALES
AVIONICS/SMITH assoc. with
IAE engines
FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC

H2C13) / MCDU altern. equip HONEYWELL assoc. with CFM
engines
FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC S6C13)

/ MCDU altern. equip - THALES
AVIONICS/SMITH assoc. with
CFM engines
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Flight Management

SMITHS
C13043BA04
SFE
FMS operational
software

SMITHS
G2604AAG01
SFE

Unit (MCDU)
THALES AVIONICS SA
C19266EA01
SFE
Flight Management
C13042AA05
SFE
FMS operational
software
HONEYWELL
INC.
PS4087700903
SFE

Unit (MCDU)
HONEYWELL
INC.
4089740-961
SFE
Flight Management

SMITHS
C13043AA05
SFE
FMS operational
software

SMITHS
G2604AAG01
SFE

Unit (MCDU)
THALES AVIONICS SA
C19266EA01
SFE
22.70.100
Page 137
[ 22-7]
A320 Family
22 Auto flight
22.81.143 - Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton
Objective
To inhibit the expedite pushbutton to have functional
commonality between the A330/340 and the A318/319/
320/321 FCUs.
Basic aircraft
Expedite mode is used in climb or descent to reach the
desired altitude with the maximum gradient.
The function is manually activated by depressing the
expedite pushbutton on the FCU:
expedite climb mode is engaged if the selected altitude is higher than the aircraft altitude
expedite descent mode is engaged if the selected altitude is lower than the aircraft altitude.
Disengagement can be done manually by engagement
of another vertical mode or automatically with ALT
mode engagement.
Description
Expedite pushbutton is replaced by a blank pushbutton
(fixed) on the FCU.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
22.81.143
Page 138
[ 22-8]
Auto flight 22
A320 Family
Figure 22-2 - Expedite pushbutton
Pre-mod
SPD
CSTR
WPT
VOR.D
NDB
HDG
LAT
ALT
LVL/CH
V/S
HDG V/S
ARPT
ARPT
NDB
VOR.D
WPT
CSTR
BARO
BARO
ROSE NAV
VOR
IN HG
HPA
LS
160
2
VOR
ADF
OFF
HDG
TRK
80
20
1
ADF
FD
ARC
PLAN 10
LS
PULL
STD
40
V/S
FPA
100
UP
1000
SPD
MACH
320
AP 2
160
10
ADF
LOC
A/THR
APPR
EXPED
VOR
ARC
PULL
STD
2
ADF
OFF
HPA
PLAN IN HG
LS
320
DN
VOR
OFF
80
20
PUSH
TO
LEVEL
OFF
METRIC
ALT
AP 1
ROSE NAV
VOR
40
VOR
LS
OFF
FD
Post-mod
SPD
HDG
LAT
ALT
LVL/CH
V/S
HDG V/S
HDG
TRK
V/S
FPA
100
SPD
MACH
1000
UP
PUSH
TO
LEVEL
OFF
METRIC
ALT
AP 1
AP 2
DN
LOC
A/THR
EXPED
APPR
Dummy expedite pushbutton
22.81.143
Page 139
[ 22-9]
A320 Family
22 Auto flight
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
22.81.143
Page 140
[ 22-10]
Auto flight 22
A320 Family
22.81.143
Page 141
[ 22-11]
A320 Family
22 Auto flight
22.82.103 - Installation of third Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)

Objective
To ease maintenance tasks on the ground.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
Two MCDUs are installed on the pedestal, one on each
side.
MCDUs are connected to the FMS, CFDS, AIDS DMU
and ATSU.
Description
The third MCDU is installed on the captain's side console and connected to the CFDS. It is also connected to
the AIDS and ACARS systems. In such case the first
MCDU is connected only to the FMS and ATSU.
The modification consists of:
side console adaptation
installation of the third MCDU.
Note
the third MCDU is used on ground only
supplier choice must be consistent with item
CN22.70.100 - FMS kits alternate equipment, or
CN22.82.102 - MCDU alternate equipment, if applicable.
22.82.103
Page 142
[ 22-12]
Auto flight 22
A320 Family
Figure 22-3 - MCDU installation
MCDU
(basic)
BRT
DIR
PROG
PERF
INIT
DATA
F-PLN
RAD
NAV
FUEL
PRED
SEC
F-PLN
ATC
COMM
OFF
MCDU
MENU
AIR
PORT
F
A
I
L
F
M
SP
OVFY
CLR
M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U
Optional
MCDU
Printer
(basic)
MCDU
22.82.103
Page 143
[ 22-13]
A320 Family
22 Auto flight
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
06
Installation of third MCDU

associated with FMS - THALES
V800
Requires prior selection of a THALES
AVIONICS/SMITHS FMS.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
10.0/10.0/-10.0
10.0/10.0/-10.0
10.0/10.0/-10.0
10.0/10.0/-10.0
Equipment
reference

Unit (MCDU)
22.82.103
Equipment
supplier
THALES AVIONICS SA
Equipment
PN
C19266EA01
QTY
Page 144
STS
SFE
[ 22-14]
A320 Family
Communications 23
Reference
Title
23.00.132
Installation (based on basic common provision) of Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
23.11.102
Full provision for single HF system
23.11.111
Full provision for dual HF system
23.11.116
Installation of single HF system (SFE)
23.11.131
Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one (SFE)
23.11.155
Installation of dual HF system (SFE)
23.11.167
Additional wiring for HF Data Link (HFDL) function
23.11.169
Activation of HF Data Link (HFDL) function
23.12.130
VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment
23.13.100
Installation of alternate Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23.13.101
Installation of third Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23.13.105
Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function
23.28.170
Installation of AERO H+/SBB SATCOM cockpit voice interface
23.28.210
Installation of SATCOM AERO H+ SRT 2100B system
23.28.211
Installation of SwiftBroadband (SBB) SATCOM system
23.50.110
Installation of additional Audio Control Panel (ACP) and jack panel
Page 145
[ 23-1]
23 Communications
A320 Family
Reference
Title
23.50.135
Installation of headset for fourth occupant
23.50.138
Cockpit hand microphone alternate equipment
23.51.103
Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE)
23.51.136
Boomsets alternate equipment
23.51.139
Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs
23.70.110
Installation of a video monitoring system
23.71.103
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) alternate equipment
23.71.110
Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power supply for CVR
23.71.120
System provision for CVR capable of data link recording
23.73.200
Installation of cockpit and cabin alert switches (Aircraft Security Project)
Page 146
[ 23-2]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Page 147
[ 23-3]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.00.132 - Installation (based on basic common provision) of Emergency Locator

Transmitter (ELT)
Objective
To install ELT, in compliance with ED62, designed to
improve search and rescue by automatically activating
(through a G-switch), in the event of an emergency.
Basic aircraft
The following provision is installed allowing the installation of the automatic ELT:
one external antenna (for 121.5, 243, 406 MHz frequencies) on top of the rear part of the fuselage between frame C64 and C65
ELT support located in the upper part of the fuselage,
close to the antenna
a coaxial cable from the external antenna to the ELT
support in the aft ceiling area
wiring from the ELT support to the cockpit allowing
future installation of ELT remote control panel
wiring from the ELT remote control panel location to
the ground electrical panel (ground horn).
Installation of a modified control panel near the ground

horn.
Note
Certain interface wirings may be affected and some
new ones may have to be installed once the ELT supplier is selected.
In this configuration the ELT can be used as an Automatic Fixed ELT (ELT (AF)) only. Due to its installation,
this ELT cannot be used to replace an ELT(s) as mentioned in EU-OPS1/AMC OPS 1.830(c).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Description
Installation of an ELT (BFE) capable of emitting a distress signal on the 121.5, 243.0 and 406.0 MHz international standard distress frequencies.
Installation of a remote control panel in the cockpit.
23.00.132
Page 148
[ 23-4]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-1 - Automatic ELT installation

C64 C66
C65
ELT antenna
C70
C87
ELT
support
FW
ET
ES
/R
EL
ST
TE
ON
A
R
M
E
D
ELT remote control panel
Typical installation
ELT remote control panel
FLT INT
EXT PWR
108 VU
NOT IN USE
AVAIL
CKPT CALL
ADIRU &
APU FIRE
AVNCS VENT
R
ELT
LIGHT TEST CKPT CALL
RESET
APU SHUT OFF
Ground horn
Ground electrical power panel
23.00.132
Page 149
[ 23-5]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
31
39
44
Automatic programmable ELT

(406AF) associated with
remote control panel in cockpit
- ELTA (BFE)
Automatic programmable ELT

with prog. dongle with remote
control panel (RC800) in cockpit - THALES
Auto. progr. ELT (406 AFN)

assoc. with remote control
panel in cockpit w/o AIM HONEYWELL (BFE)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Back up antenna
ELTA
02N64070
BFE
Emergency Locator Transmitter

(ELT)
ELTA
01N65900
BFE
Remote control
panel
ELTA
93N6035
BFE

(ELT)
THALES AVIONICS SA
S1821502-02
BFE

(ELT) bracket
THALES AVIONICS SA
S1820511-01
BFE
Programming dongle
THALES AVIONICS SA
S1820514-04
BFE
Remote control
panel
THALES AVIONICS SA
S1820513-15
BFE

(ELT)
HONEYWELL
ASCA INC
1152682-3
BFE
Remote control
panel
HONEYWELL
ASCA INC
1153008-1
BFE
23.00.132
Page 150
[ 23-6]
Communications 23
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
45
46

panel in cockpit with AIM HONEYWELL (BFE)

panel in cockpit with NAIM HONEYWELL (BFE)
Capable to transmit the last aircraft position (lat, long)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Aircraft Identification Module (AIM)
HONEYWELL
ASCA INC
1152780-1
BFE

(ELT)
HONEYWELL
ASCA INC
1152682-3
BFE
Remote control
panel
HONEYWELL
ASCA INC
1153008-1
BFE
Aircraft Identification Module + NAV

(NAIM)
HONEYWELL
ASCA INC
1153396-1
BFE

(ELT)
HONEYWELL
ASCA INC
1152682-3
BFE
Remote control
panel
HONEYWELL
ASCA INC
1153008-1
BFE
23.00.132
Page 151
[ 23-7]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.11.102 - Full provision for single HF system
Objective
To make full provision for single HF system.
Basic aircraft
space provision is made for dual HF communication
transceivers (ARINC 719).
structural provision is made for single HF antenna
and coupler.
Description
The modification consists of installing:
one transceiver mount in the avionics compartment
one HF antenna in the fin leading edge
one antenna coupler mount in the ceiling of the rear
part of the aircraft
the antenna feeder and all the necessary wiring.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.11.102
Page 152
[ 23-8]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-2 - Full provision for single HF system
RMP3
RMP1
RMP2
Antenna
VDR1
VDR2
VDR3
HF1
Full
provision
One transceiver mount

in avionics compartment
One antenna
coupler mount
HF2
23.11.102
Page 153
[ 23-9]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Full provision for single HF

system (ARINC 719)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
16.0/16.0/-16.0
16.5/16.5/-16.5
17.0/17.0/-17.0
19.0/19.0/-19.0
Equipment
reference
HF antenna
23.11.102
Equipment
supplier
AIRBUS
Equipment
PN
TBD
QTY
Page 154
STS
SFE
[ 23-10]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.11.102
Page 155
[ 23-11]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.11.111 - Full provision for dual HF system
Objective
To make full provision for dual HF system.
Basic aircraft
transceivers (ARINC 719)
and coupler.
Description
The modification consists of installing:
two transceiver mounts in the avionics compartment
two antenna coupler mounts in the ceiling of the rear
part of the aircraft
two antenna feeders and all necessary wiring
one HF antenna in the fin leading edge.
Note
The same HF antenna shall be used for both HF systems.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.11.111
Page 156
[ 23-12]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-3 - Full provision for dual HF system
RMP3
RMP1
RMP2
Antenna
VDR1
VDR2
VDR3
Two transceiver mounts

HF1
HF2
Full
provision
Full
provision
23.11.111
Two antenna
coupler mounts
Page 157
[ 23-13]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Full provision for dual HF system (ARINC 719)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
29.0/29.0/-29.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0
31.0/31.0/-31.0
35.0/35.0/-35.0
Equipment
reference
HF antenna
23.11.111
Equipment
supplier
AIRBUS
Equipment
PN
TBD
QTY
Page 158
STS
SFE
[ 23-14]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.11.111
Page 159
[ 23-15]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.11.116 - Installation of single HF system (SFE)
Objective
To install one HF system for voice communication in areas outside VHF coverage.
Basic aircraft
and coupler.
Description
installing one HF transceiver and its associated
mount in the avionics compartment
installing one HF antenna in the fin leading edge
installing one antenna coupler and its associated
mount in the ceiling of the rear part of the aircraft
pin-programming the AMU.
Note
The installation of the optional third Radio Management
Panel (RMP) is recommended.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.11.116
Page 160
[ 23-16]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
05
Installation of single HF system (data link capable) - ROCKWELL COLLINS 900 (SFE)
Installation of single HF system (data link capable) - HONEYWELL (SFE)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
HF antenna
AIRBUS
HFDR antenna
coupler
Equipment
PN
STS
SFE
ROCKWELL COL- 822-0987-003

LINS
SFE
HFDR transceiver

LINS
SFE
HF antenna
AIRBUS
TBD
SFE
HFDR antenna
coupler
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
964-0453-001
SFE
HFDR transceiver
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
964-0452-052
SFE
23.11.116
TBD
QTY
Page 161
[ 23-17]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.11.131 - Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one (SFE)
Objective
To install single HF system, with full provision for a second one.
Basic aircraft
and coupler.
Description
installation of two HF transceiver mounts and one HF
transceiver in the electronic rack
installation of one HF antenna (in the leading edge)
installation of two HF antenna coupler mounts and
one HF antenna coupler
pin-programming of the Audio Management Unit
(AMU).
Note
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.11.131
Page 162
[ 23-18]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-4 - Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one
RMP3
RMP1
RMP2
Antenna
VDR1
VDR2
VDR3
HF1
One transceiver and two

transceiver mounts in
avionics compartment
One antenna coupler

and two antenna
coupler mounts
HF2
Full
provision
23.11.131
Page 163
[ 23-19]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
05
Inst. of single HF system (data

link capable) & full prov for
second one - ROCKWELL
COLL. 900 (SFE)
Inst. of single HF system (data

link capable) and full prov for
second one - HONEYWELL
(SFE)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
51.0/51.0/-51.0
52.0/52.0/-52.0
52.0/52.0/-52.0
56.0/56.0/-56.0
51.0/51.0/-51.0
52.0/52.0/-52.0
52.0/52.0/-52.0
56.0/56.0/-56.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
HF antenna
AIRBUS
HFDR antenna
coupler
HFDR transceiver
Equipment
PN
STS
SFE

LINS
SFE

LINS
SFE
TBD
SFE
HF antenna
TBD
QTY
HFDR antenna
coupler
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
964-0453-001
SFE
HFDR transceiver
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
964-0452-052
SFE
23.11.131
Page 164
[ 23-20]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.11.131
Page 165
[ 23-21]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.11.155 - Installation of dual HF system (SFE)
Objective
To install a dual HF system for voice communication in
areas outside VHF coverage.
Basic aircraft
and coupler.
Description
installation of two HF transceivers with associated
mounts in the avionics compartment
installation of one HF antenna in the fin leading edge
installation of two HF antenna couplers with associated mounts in the ceiling of the rear part of the aircraft
pin-programming of the AMU.
Note
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.11.155
Page 166
[ 23-22]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-5 - Installation of dual HF system
RMP3
RMP1
RMP2
Antenna
VDR1
VDR2
VDR3
Two transceivers
and associated mounts
HF1
Two antenna
couplers with
associated mounts
HF2
23.11.155
Page 167
[ 23-23]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
05
Installation of dual HF system

(data link capable) - ROCKWELL COLLINS 900 (SFE)
Installation of dual HF system

(data link capable) - HONEYWELL (SFE)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
72.0/72.0/-72.0
73.0/73.0/-73.0
73.0/73.0/-73.0
77.0/77.0/-77.0
72.0/72.0/-72.0
73.0/73.0/-73.0
73.0/73.0/-73.0
73.0/73.0/-73.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
HF antenna
AIRBUS
HFDR antenna
coupler
HFDR transceiver
Equipment
PN
STS
SFE

LINS
SFE

LINS
SFE
TBD
SFE
HF antenna
TBD
QTY
HFDR antenna
coupler
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
964-0453-001
SFE
HFDR transceiver
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
964-0452-052
SFE
23.11.155
Page 168
[ 23-24]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.11.155
Page 169
[ 23-25]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.11.167 - Additional wiring for HF Data Link (HFDL) function
Objective
To allow installation of HFDR capable of data link mode.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Based on the existing HF system provision or installation, additional wiring provision is installed to make
HFDR capable of data communication.
HF1 (and HF1 only) system will be connected to the following systems:
ATSU (only one HFDR connected)
FWCs for ECAM message
RMPs for voice/data monitoring
CFDIU for the acquisition of pin programming of the
HFDR.
HF VOICE functionality for customers for which HF usual VOICE operation is necessary, it is recommended to
install a second HF or at least full provision for a second
one.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Note
When HF Data Link (HFDL) function is activated, the
RMP human-machine interface for HF1 is the same as
VHF3 when ACARS or ATSU is installed, i.e. that one
RMP window displays a VOICE frequency while the other displays "DATA". Therefore, ergonomics for use of
the VOICE function is downgraded. In order to keep the
23.11.167
Page 170
[ 23-26]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Additional wiring for single

HFDL function
Requires prior selection of provision or
installation of a single or dual HF system.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
23.11.167
Page 171
[ 23-27]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.11.169 - Activation of HF Data Link (HFDL) function
Objective
To provide data link capability over HF Data Radio
(HFDR).
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
provisions for HF system
an ATSU is installed providing ACARS function.
Description
The HFDL capability is activated. This requires prior installation of:
upgraded ATSU software capable of HFDL
upgraded HF transceivers and couplers to be data
capable
wiring between the ATSU and the HF system.
Note
in single HF configuration, when Data Link is activated, one RMP window displays a voice frequency and
the other displays "DATA". Therefore ergonomics for
use of the voice function is downgraded (crew workload + frequency memory lost) and consequently, it
is recommended to install a second HFDR system for
HF usual voice operation
single network provider: ARINC.
23.11.169
Page 172
[ 23-28]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Activation of HFDL function for

AOC
CN23.11.167/01- Additional wiring for
HFDL function and installation of a single
or dual HF system
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
23.11.169
Page 173
[ 23-29]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.12.130 - VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate vendors for VDR transceivers.
Basic aircraft
Three VDR systems are installed, generally in accordance with ARINC 716 and ARINC 750.
Description
This option allows to select alternate vendors for VDR
transceivers.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.12.130
Page 174
[ 23-30]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-6 - VHF system
RMP3
RMP1
RMP2
VDR1 antenna
VDR1
VDR2
VDR3
HF1
VDR3 antenna
Three VDR
transceivers
VDR2 antenna
HF2
23.12.130
Page 175
[ 23-31]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
VHF Data Radio (VDR) basic

equipment, type VHF 2100,
capable VDL mode 2 - ROCKWELL COLLINS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
12
VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment, capable VDL

mode 2 - THALES AVIONICS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
13
VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment, capable VDL

mode 2 - HONEYWELL
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
VDR transceiver
(mode 2)

LINS
SFE
VHF antenna
CHELTON
2438-89-00
SFE
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
VDR transceiver
(mode 2)
THALES AVIONICS SA
EVR750-040100A
SFE
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
VDR transceiver
(mode 2)
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
064-500002051
SFE
23.12.130
Page 176
[ 23-32]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.12.130
Page 177
[ 23-33]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.13.100 - Installation of alternate Radio Management Panel (RMP)

Objective
To provide alternate Radio Management Panels (RMPs).
Basic aircraft
The basic aircraft is equipped with two RMPs (8.33 kHz
channel spacing capability) installed on the center pedestal.
Description
The basic RMPs are replaced by alternate equipment
(MLS capable and with turbo tuning).
Note
A third RMP (CN23.13.101) is recommended if an optional HF is installed.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.13.100
Page 178
[ 23-34]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Radio Management Panel

(RMP) basic equip. with turbo
tuning & HF data activation
capab. (std 2B)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
03

(RMP) alternate equipment MLS/GLS compatible and with
turbo tuning (std 3B)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
04

(RMP) - alternate equipment with CPDLC function capability
(std 4)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Radio Management Panel (RMP)
THALES AVIONICS SA
C12848CB01
SFE
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
THALES AVIONICS SA
C12848DB01
SFE
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
THALES AVIONICS SA
C12848EA01
SFE
23.13.100
Page 179
[ 23-35]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.13.101 - Installation of third Radio Management Panel (RMP)
Objective
To provide additional control for communication radios
and back-up in case one of the basic RMPs fails.
Basic aircraft
The basic aircraft is equipped with two RMPs (8.33 kHz
channel spacing capability) installed on the center pedestal.
Description
The third RMP is connected to all VDR transceivers
(and HF if installed) via the two basic RMPs.
The third RMP is used for communication facilities only.
The modification consists of the:
modification of the CFDIU pin programming
installation of the third RMP on the existing provision
removal of safety clip from appropriate circuit breaker.
Note
The third RMP is recommended if an optional HF is installed.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.13.101
Page 180
[ 23-36]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-7 - Third Radio Management Panel (RMP)

ACTIVE
RMP3
VHF1
VHF2
HF1
SEL
SE
STBY/CRS
VHF3
AM
HF2
ON
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
LS
ADF
BFO
OFF
RMP1
VDR1
RMP2
Third radio management panel
VDR2
VDR3
HF1
HF2
Captain RMP1
23.13.101
First Officer RMP2
Page 181
[ 23-37]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
08
Installation of third RMP MLS

and GLS compatible and with
turbo tuning (std 3B) - THALES
AVIONICS
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
THALES AVIONICS SA
C12848DB01
SFE
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
THALES AVIONICS SA
C12848EA01
SFE
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
THALES AVIONICS SA
C12848CB01
SFE

CN23.13.100/03 Radio Management
Panel (RMP) - alternate equipment - MLS/
GLS compatible and with turbo tuning (std
3B)
09
Installation of third RMP - with

CPDLC function capability (std
4)
Panel (RMP) - alternate equipment - with
CPDLC function capability (std 4)
10
Installation of third RMP - with

turbo tuning of VHF channels
& HF data activ. capability (std
2b)
Panel (RMP) alternate equip. with turbo
tuning & HF data activation capab. (std
2B)
23.13.101
Page 182
[ 23-38]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.13.101
Page 183
[ 23-39]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.13.105 - Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function
Objective
To activate the RMP std 4 frequency load function.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The frequency load function associated to FANS shall
be activated on RMP standard 4.
It consists in the automatic loading of the standby frequency received by datalink via the ATSU.
It implies to:
install and connect wiring between RMP and ATSU
remove "DEACT" placard on RMP front face.
Note
of FANS B+ or CN46.21.140/07 Installation of FANS A+
with datalink recording capability.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.13.105
Page 184
[ 23-40]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function

Requires prior selection of CN46.21.142/
02 Installation of FANS B+
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
23.13.105
Page 185
[ 23-41]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.28.170 - Installation of AERO H+/SBB SATCOM cockpit voice interface

Objective
To provide cockpit voice communications for the aeronautical AERO H+/SBB SATCOM system.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Cockpit voice communications is provided for the aeronautical AERO H+/SBB SATCOM system.
This modification consists of the following:
replacement of the basic Audio Management Unit
(AMU) by an upgraded AMU, with SATCOM interface capability
replacement of the Audio Control Panels (ACPs) by
upgraded ACPs with SATCOM capability
installation of wiring between SDU location and
AMU, as well as FWC
update of MCDU documentation.
Note
For SATCOM cockpit voice operation, the MCDU will be
used for dialing and the ACP for call establishment and
termination.
23.28.170
Page 186
[ 23-42]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
33
Cockpit voice interface - AERO

H+/SBB SATCOM ROCKWELL
COLLINS - ACP for fourth
occupant in cockpit
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
4.0/4.0/-4.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0
Requires prior installation of ROCKWELL

COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB &
CN23.50.110/21 - Installation of an ACP
for the fourth occupant - T.E.A.M
34

COLLINS - ACP for 4th occup.
& avionics comp.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
7.0/7.0/-7.0
7.0/7.0/-7.0
7.0/7.0/-7.0
7.0/7.0/-7.0
Requires prior selection of ROCKWELL

COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB and
for the fourth occupant and an ACP and a
jack panel in the avionics compartment.
35

COLLINS - basic ACP installation
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB.
36

COLLINS - ACP in avionics
compartment
COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB and
and a jack panel in the avionics compartment.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M

(ACP)
ACP2788AE0
1
SFE
Audio Management Unit (AMU)
T.E.A.M
AMU4031LB1
40204
SFE

(ACP)
ACP2788AE0
1
SFE
T.E.A.M
AMU4031LB1
40204
SFE

(ACP)
ACP2788AE0
1
SFE
T.E.A.M
AMU4031LA1
40204
SFE

(ACP)
ACP2788AE0
1
SFE
AMU4031LA1
40204
SFE
23.28.170
T.E.A.M
Page 187
[ 23-43]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.28.210 - Installation of SATCOM AERO H+ SRT 2100B system
Objective
To install AERO H+ SRT 2100B SATCOM avionics system and antenna equipment.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The AERO H+ SRT 2100B SATCOM is a transmission
system based on Inmarsat services that provides:
two classic voice channels for cabin and cockpit
voice communications (mainly as a telephone)
one classic data channel (2.4 kbps - 10 kbps bandwidth) used mainly for cockpit ACARS/FANS transmissions
Note
No redundancy is provided with proposed architecture
the failure of one of the SATCOM components (avionics/antenna) will lead to total loss of the SATCOM system.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
The modification consists in installing:

one AERO H+ SRT 2100B SATCOM SATCOM subsystem
associated High Gain antenna sub-system.
23.28.210
Page 188
[ 23-44]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
02
Installation of AERO H+ SRT

2100B SATCOM system ROCKWELL COLLINS

2100B SATCOM system with
prov. for 1 SBB channel ROCKWELL COLLINS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
90.0/90.0/-90.0
90.0/90.0/-90.0
90.0/90.0/-90.0
90.0/90.0/-90.0
91.0/91.0/-91.0
91.0/91.0/-91.0
91.0/91.0/-91.0
91.0/91.0/-91.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Adapter plate
CHELTON
6050-80-99
SFE
Diplexer Low Noise

Amplifier (D/LNA)
CHELTON
5044-89-99
SFE
Feeder
CHELTON
6058-89-99
SFE
High Gain Antenna

(HGA)
CHELTON
4141-89-99
SFE
SATCOM transceiver

LINS
SFE
Adapter plate
CHELTON
6050-80-99
SFE
Diplexer Low Noise

Amplifier (D/LNA)
CHELTON
5044-89-99
SFE
Feeder
CHELTON
6058-89-99
SFE
High Gain Antenna

(HGA)
CHELTON
4141-89-99
SFE
SATCOM transceiver

LINS
SFE
23.28.210
Page 189
[ 23-45]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03

2100B SATCOM system with
prov. for 2 SBB channels ROCKWELL COLLINS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
92.0/92.0/-92.0
92.0/92.0/-92.0
92.0/92.0/-92.0
92.0/92.0/-92.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Adapter plate
CHELTON
6050-80-99
SFE
Diplexer Low Noise

Amplifier (D/LNA)
CHELTON
5044-89-99
SFE
Feeder
CHELTON
6058-89-99
SFE
High Gain Antenna

(HGA)
CHELTON
4141-89-99
SFE
SATCOM transceiver

LINS
SFE
23.28.210
Page 190
[ 23-46]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.28.210
Page 191
[ 23-47]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.28.211 - Installation of SwiftBroadband (SBB) SATCOM system

Objective
To install Swiftbroadband (SBB) SATCOM avionics and
antenna equipment.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The SwiftBroadband (SBB) is a high speed Inmarsat
service providing channels up to 432 kbps each.
The SBB SATCOM is a transmission system that provides following services:
one or two high speed data channels (up to 432 kbps
per channel bandwidth) used for future cabin or
cockpit applications requiring high bandwidth
two classic voice channels for cabin and cockpit
voice communications (mainly as a telephone)
one classic data channel (2.4 kbps-10 kbps bandwidth) used mainly for cockpit ACARS/FANS transmissions.
Note
No redundancy is provided with proposed architecture,
the failure of one of the SATCOM components (avionics/antennas) will lead to total loss of the SATCOM system.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
The modification consists in installing:

one SBB SATCOM sub-system
associated High Gain antenna sub-system.
23.28.211
Page 192
[ 23-48]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of Swiftbroadband
(SBB) SATCOM - one SBB
channel - ROCKWELL COLLINS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Adapter plate
CHELTON
6050-80-99
SFE
Diplexer Low Noise

Amplifier (D/LNA)
CHELTON
5044-89-99
SFE
Feeder
CHELTON
6058-89-99
SFE
High Gain Antenna

(HGA)
CHELTON
4141-89-99
SFE
High Speed Data

Unit (HSDU)

LINS
SFE
HSDU Data Module ROCKWELL COL- 822-2248-401

LINS
(HDM)
SFE
SATCOM transceiver
SFE
23.28.211

LINS
Page 193
[ 23-49]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
(SBB) SATCOM - two SBB
channels - ROCKWELL COLLINS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
47.0/47.0/-47.0
47.0/47.0/-47.0
47.0/47.0/-47.0
47.0/47.0/-47.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Adapter plate
CHELTON
6050-80-99
SFE
Diplexer Low Noise

Amplifier (D/LNA)
CHELTON
5044-89-99
SFE
Feeder
CHELTON
6058-89-99
SFE
High Gain Antenna

(HGA)
CHELTON
4141-89-99
SFE
High Speed Data

Unit (HSDU)

LINS
SFE

LINS
(HDM)
SFE
SATCOM transceiver
SFE
23.28.211

LINS
Page 194
[ 23-50]
Communications 23
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
(SBB) SATCOM - one SBB
channel and prov. for a 2nd ROCKWELL COLLINS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
42.0/42.0/-42.0
42.0/42.0/-42.0
42.0/42.0/-42.0
42.0/42.0/-42.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Adapter plate
CHELTON
6050-80-99
SFE
Diplexer Low Noise

Amplifier (D/LNA)
CHELTON
5044-89-99
SFE
Feeder
CHELTON
6058-89-99
SFE
High Gain Antenna

(HGA)
CHELTON
4141-89-99
SFE
High Speed Data

Unit (HSDU)

LINS
SFE

LINS
(HDM)
SFE
SATCOM transceiver
SFE
23.28.211

LINS
Page 195
[ 23-51]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.50.110 - Installation of additional Audio Control Panel (ACP) and jack panel
Objective
To provide provision for two-way communication for a
fourth occupant and/or additional communication capability in the avionics compartment for maintenance purposes.
Basic aircraft
three audio control panels for the Captain, the First
Officer, and the third occupant
two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the
boomset and one jack type for a headset
two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's
station
a jack panel for the third occupant with three connectors: one for the boomset, one for the hand microphone, and one jack type for a headset
a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant,
linked to third occupant's audio output
three boomsets
three hand microphones
service interphone jack and system provision for an
ACP in the avionics compartment.
Description
For the installation of an ACP for the fourth occupant the
modification consists of:
a new AMU which is interchangeable
a supplementary ACP on the overhead panel
additional wiring between ACP and AMU
additional plugs for boomsets and hand microphone.
For the installation of an ACP and a jack panel in the
avionics compartment the modification consists of:
a supplementary ACP in the avionics compartment
additional wiring between ACP and AMU
additional plugs for boomsets, hand microphone,
headsets and service interphone.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.50.110
Page 196
[ 23-52]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-8 - Audio Control Panel (ACP) installation (typical configurations)

Third occupant
ACP
Fourth occupant
ACP
First officer
ACP
Captain
ACP
BOOMSET
HAND MIC
HEADSET
SVCE INTPH
Jack Panel
Jack Panel
Fourth occupant station
ACP
AMU
BOOMSET
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
INT
ON
VOICE
HAND MIC
RAD
VOR1
Jack Panel
VOR2
RESET
MKR
ILS
PA
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
Audio Control Panel
23.50.110
Avionics compartment
Page 197
[ 23-53]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
21
Installation of ACP for fourth

occupant - T.E.A.M.
Incompatible with CN23.50.135 - Installation of headset for fourth occupant (SFE)
22
23
Installation of ACP and jack

panel in avionics compartment - T.E.A.M.
Installation of ACP for fourth

occupant and ACP and jack
panel in avionics compartment - T.E.A.M.
Incompatible with CN23.50.135 - Installation of headset for fourth occupant (SFE).
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

(ACP)
ACP2788AD0
1
SFE
AMU4031SB1 1
40204
SFE

(ACP)
ACP2788AD0
1
SFE
AMU4031SA1 1
40204
SFE

(ACP)
ACP2788AD0
1
SFE
AMU4031SB1 1
40204
SFE
23.50.110
T.E.A.M
T.E.A.M
T.E.A.M
Page 198
[ 23-54]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.50.110
Page 199
[ 23-55]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.50.135 - Installation of headset for fourth occupant
Objective
To allow the fourth occupant to listen to communications selected on the third occupant ACP.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
station
three boomsets
three hand microphones.
Description
Installation of headset for fourth occupant in the LH aft
console.
Note
the headset plugs shall be PJ 055 or equivalent
requires prior acceptance of CN25.11.208 - Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit.
23.50.135
Page 200
[ 23-56]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-9 - Fourth occupant headset
Fourth occupant station
HEADSET
Basic
headset jack
23.50.135
Page 201
[ 23-57]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
12
Installation of headset for

fourth occupant - SENNHEISER, model HD46-K1
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
Equipment
reference
Headset
23.50.135
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
SENNHEISER
046-69-9990931
QTY
Page 202
STS
SFE
[ 23-58]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.50.135
Page 203
[ 23-59]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.50.138 - Cockpit hand microphone alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate supplier for the three basic hand
microphones in the cockpit.
Basic aircraft
Three hand microphones are installed in the cockpit.
Description
The cockpit hand microphones are replaced by alternate equipment. The corresponding brackets shall be
adapted accordingly.
Note
HOLMBERG microphones (TDU 06) are compulsory in
conjunction with GSM on-board.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.50.138
Page 204
[ 23-60]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Cockpit hand microphone

basic equipment
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
06
Cockpit hand microphone

alternate equipment - HOLMBERG, PN 85-16-12022-05
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Compulsory in conjunction with GSM onboard.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Hand microphone
LEM SA
M83P1801A
SFE
Hand microphones
HOLMBERG
85-16-1202205
SFE
23.50.138
Page 205
[ 23-61]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.51.103 - Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE)
Objective
To improve audio communication for cockpit crew by installation of active noise canceling boomsets.
Description
Active noise canceling boomsets are installed in replacement of the basic boomsets.
Basic aircraft
station
three boomsets

system provision (including any necessary wiring) to
accommodate active noise canceling boomsets with
XLR-5 plug. The required power supply shall be 28
VDC, + 28 VDC on Pin 5 and earth (together with Audio Lo) on Pin 2
adaptation of the wiring between the AMU and the
Captain, First Officer and third occupant boost receptacle (XLR-5 plug) in order to be able to install active
noise canceling boomsets
installation of three active noise canceling boomsets.
Note
As this modification requires change of the audio system wiring principle on aircraft, the audio transmission
quality can be affected.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.51.103
Page 206
[ 23-62]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-10 - Active noise canceling boomsets locations

BOOMSET
HEADSET
HAND MIC
Captain
boomset
Jack panel
First Officer
boomset
Captain
microphone
First Officer
microphone
Third occupant
boomset + microphone
Fourth occupant
headset
23.51.103
Page 207
[ 23-63]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
04
Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE) - SENNHEISER HMEC 26-CP
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
Equipment
reference
Boomset
23.51.103
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
SENNHEISER
026-35-9993211
QTY
Page 208
STS
SFE
[ 23-64]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.51.103
Page 209
[ 23-65]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.51.136 - Boomsets alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for boomsets.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
station
three boomsets
Description
The basic boomsets are replaced by alternate equipment complying with ARINC 535A and 538B specifications.
The boomset plugs shall be ITT common type XLR-512-C or equivalent.
23.51.136
Page 210
[ 23-66]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-11 - Boomsets locations

BOOMSET
HEADSET
HAND MIC
Captain
boomset
Jack panel
First Officer
boomset
Captain
microphone
First Officer
microphone
Third occupant
Fourth occupant
headset
23.51.136
Page 211
[ 23-67]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Boomsets basic equipment HOLMBERG
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
27
Boomsets alternate equipment - TELEX COMMUNICATIONS, PN 64300-210
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
30
Boomsets alternate equipment - SENNHEISER - HME46C (SFE)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Boomset
HOLMBERG
1046GT2102
AY
SFE
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Boomset
TELEX COMMUNICATIONS INC
64300-210
SFE
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Boomset
SENNHEISER
046-55-9990231
SFE
23.51.136
Page 212
[ 23-68]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.51.136
Page 213
[ 23-69]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.51.139 - Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs
dedicated to the boomset. Therefore, it is no more possible to connect simultaneously a boomset and a headset.
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for boomsets.
Basic aircraft
station
three boomsets
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Description
The basic boomsets are replaced by alternate equipment with two jack plugs, complying with ARINC 535A
and 538B specifications.
The boomset jack plugs shall be type JP068 and JP055.
The three jack panels (pilots and third occupant) are replaced by new ones mechanically interchangeable,
where the boomset connector and the headset jack
connector are replaced by two jack connectors both
23.51.139
Page 214
[ 23-70]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-12 - Boomsets locations

BOOMSET
MIC
RCVR
HAND MIC
Captain
boomset
Jack panel
First Officer
boomset
Captain
microphone
First Officer
microphone
Third occupant
Fourth occupant
headset
23.51.139
Page 215
[ 23-71]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
04
Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs TELEX COMMUNICATIONS, PN

64300-212
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Boomset
TELEX COMMUNICATIONS INC
64300-212
SFE
05
Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs SENNHEISER, model HME46-K
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Boomset
SENNHEISER
046-55-9990131
SFE
23.51.139
Page 216
[ 23-72]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.51.139
Page 217
[ 23-73]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.70.110 - Installation of a video monitoring system
Objective
The purpose of the video monitoring system is to:
enable the flight crew to identify anyone asking to enter the cockpit
provide the flight crew with a visual image of the
cockpit door area in order to be able to assess any
suspicious behaviour and potential threats to flight
safety.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS) shall be
composed of:
two video cameras located in Door 1 area
one video camera located in cockpit entrance area
a display located in the cockpit.
The camera view shall be selectable by the flight crew
in the cockpit.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.70.110
Page 218
[ 23-74]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
Installation of a Cockpit Door

Survey System
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
14
Installation of Cockpit Door

Surveillance System (CDSS)
connected to the ECAM SD
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0

CN31.60.120/10 Installation of cockpit
display units with video capability.
Equipment
reference
23.70.110
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
Page 219
STS
[ 23-75]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.71.103 - Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) alternate equipment

Objective
To replace the basic Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) by an alternate one complying with airworthiness requirements.
The SSCVR has the capability to store the last 2 hours
of crew conversations and communications in flight and
on ground in a box able to endure severe environment
conditions.
Basic aircraft
One SSCVR is installed in the aft section of the aircraft.
The SSCVR automatically starts recording:
on ground during the first five minutes following energization of the aircraft electrical network
on ground with one engine running
in flight with engines running or stopped.
The SSCVR automatically stops recording five minutes
after the second engine shutdown.
On ground, the SSCVR can be manually energized by
pressing the GND CTL pushbutton to allow pre-flight
checklist recording.
The complete erasure of the SSCVR can be performed
by pushing the ERASE pushbutton provided the aircraft
is on ground with parking brake applied.
Description
The basic SSCVR equipment is replaced by alternate
equipment
Note
All equipment are electrically and mechanically interchangeable.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.71.103
Page 220
[ 23-76]
Communications 23
A320 Family
Figure 23-13 - SSCVR location

Area microphone
RCDR
GRD CTL
ON
CVR ERASE
CVR TEST
A
U
T
O
CVR control panel
C73 C74
CVR
23.71.103
Page 221
[ 23-77]
A320 Family
23 Communications
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
SSCVR basic equipment - L3

COMMUNICATIONS, PN 21001026-02
Compliant with FAR amendments 121338 and 25-124.
10
SSCVR alternate equipment HONEYWELL
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
Solid State Cockpit

Voice Recorder
(SSCVR)
L3 COMMUNICATIONS
2100-1026-02
SFE
Cockpit Voice
Recorder (CVR)
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
980-6022-001
SFE
23.71.103
QTY
Page 222
STS
[ 23-78]
Communications 23
A320 Family
23.71.103
Page 223
[ 23-79]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.71.110 - Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power supply for
CVR
Objective
To comply with FAR amendments 121-338 and 25-124.
Basic aircraft
The SSCVR is basically connected to 115 VAC power
supply.
Description
The SSCVR is connected to the 28 VDC 401PP busbar
which is supplied by the aircraft batteries. This allows
the SSCVR to remain powered for at least 10 minutes
as requested by FAR amendments 121-338 and 25124.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.71.110
Page 224
[ 23-80]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Recorder Independent Power

Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power
supply for CVR
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
23.71.110
Page 225
[ 23-81]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.71.120 - System provision for CVR capable of data link recording

Objective
To allow the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) to record
ATC datalink communications.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
System provision is installed to give to the Cockpit
Voice Recorder (CVR) the capability to record ATC
datalink communications.
Note
Provision for CVR capable of data link recording is recommended for customers operating in FANS environment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.71.120
Page 226
[ 23-82]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
System provision for CVR

capable of data link recording
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
23.71.120
Page 227
[ 23-83]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.73.200 - Installation of cockpit and cabin alert switches (Aircraft Security Project)
Objective
To notify the Flight Crew when the Cabin Crew are being threatened and to notify the Cabin Crew when the
Flight Crew are being threatened.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
In addition to the existing cabin/cockpit interphone function, an alert communication system between the cabin
and the cockpit and vice-versa is implemented.
The modification comprises the installation of:
an additional switch near each Cockpit Crew location
to activate lighted and aural warnings in the cabin
an additional switch near each Cabin Attendant station to activate the horn and the additional indicator
light in the cockpit
an additional cockpit indicator / reset button on the
cockpit center pedestal 119VU
an additional cockpit alert horn
additional wires between CIDS directors and cockpit
switch
additional wires between DEU B and respective
switches in the cabin

indicator / reset button
alert horn.
The switches must be pushed for at least 1 second for
alert initiation to avoid unintended activation.
The Cabin Crew signalling consists of:
distribution of special chime sequence
special message on AIP
ACP indication.
All visual indications are limited in time (e.g. 30 seconds) to avoid any reset procedure.
The activation of the respective control logic and assignment of lighted and aural warnings is done by reprogramming of the CIDS Cabin Assignment Module
(CAM).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
23.73.200
Page 228
[ 23-84]
Communications 23
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of cockpit and

cabin alert switches (Aircraft
Security Project)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
23.73.200
Page 229
[ 23-85]
A320 Family
23 Communications
23.73.200
Page 230
[ 23-86]
A320 Family
Electrical power 24
Reference
Title
24.55.101
Passenger Address (PA) power supply in emergency condition with batteries OFF
Page 231
[ 24-1]
A320 Family
24 Electrical power
24.55.101 - Passenger Address (PA) power supply in emergency condition with

batteries OFF
Objective
To be able to use PA during emergency evacuation
even when the aircraft batteries are switched off.
Basic aircraft
PA system, if installed, is not supplied when batteries
are switched off.
Description
The essential equipment of CIDS is switched automatically to the hot battery bus when the aircraft loses main
power and whenever the emergency exit light switch is
set to "arm" or "on".
EPAC selection mode
Individual
24.55.101
Page 232
[ 24-2]
Electrical power 24
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
PA power supply in emergency

condition with batteries OFF
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
24.55.101
Page 233
[ 24-3]
A320 Family
24 Electrical power
24.55.101
Page 234
[ 24-4]
A320 Family
Equipment/furnishings 25
Reference
Title
25.10.108
Installation of paper holder on the glareshield
25.11.102
Pilot seats alternate covers - sheepskin
25.11.208
Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit
25.27.100
Installation of heated floor panels for fwd passenger/crew/service door area
25.27.101
Installation of On/off switch for heated floor panels
25.50.137
Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels
25.50.510
Basic full bulk configuration selection in forward and aft cargo holds
25.50.520
Installation of reinforced floor panels for heavy bulk usage in forward and aft cargo holds
25.52.190
System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold (A320)
25.52.191
System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold (A321)
25.52.202
Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold - sliding carpet
system
25.52.204
System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320)
25.52.205
System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold (A321)
25.52.212
Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet system
25.52.304
Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321)
Page 235
[ 25-1]
A320 Family
Reference
Title
25.52.310
Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
25.52.315
Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS
25.52.404
Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo
holds
25.52.407
Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)
25.52.410
Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door area (A319)
25.52.500
Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold
25.52.511
Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold
Page 236
[ 25-2]
A320 Family
Page 237
[ 25-3]
A320 Family
25.10.108 - Installation of paper holder on the glareshield
Objective
To provide means of securing documents to the
glareshield above the main instrument panel.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
A paper holder capable of accommodating A4 size paper is installed on the cockpit glareshield.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
25.10.108
Page 238
[ 25-4]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of paper holder on

the glareshield
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
25.10.108
Page 239
[ 25-5]
A320 Family
25.11.102 - Pilot seats alternate covers - sheepskin
Objective
To change captain's and first officer's seat covering.
Basic aircraft
Captain and first officer seats are covered with cloth material.
Description
This change consists of replacing basic captain and first
officer seats by seats equipped with sheepskin.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
25.11.102
Page 240
[ 25-6]
A320 Family
Figure 25-1 - Pilot seat with sheepskin cover
Sheepskin
25.11.102
Page 241
[ 25-7]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
03
Pilot seats alternate cover white sheepskin - EADS

SOGERMA
Pilot seats alternate cover grey sheepskin - EADS

SOGERMA
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Seat, Captain with

white sheepskin
cover
SOGERMA
ROCHEFORT
TAAI303PE21-01
SFE
Seat, First Officer

with white sheepskin cover
SOGERMA
ROCHEFORT
TAAI303CE21-01
SFE
Seat, Captain with

grey sheepskin
cover
SOGERMA
ROCHEFORT
TAAI303PE22-01
SFE
Seat, First Officer

with grey sheepskin cover
SOGERMA
ROCHEFORT
TAAI303CE22-01
SFE
25.11.102
Page 242
[ 25-8]
A320 Family
25.11.102
Page 243
[ 25-9]
A320 Family
25.11.208 - Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit
Objective
To provide an additional seat for a fourth occupant.
Basic aircraft
Full provision is made for an additional folding seat.
Description
A folding seat is installed in the cockpit for the fourth occupant, provided with associated emergency equipment:
a safety shoulder harness equipped with an adjustable crotch strap
an oxygen mask supply box and a full face quick donning oxygen mask
a life vest located under the seat (selectable through
global emergency RFC).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
25.11.208
Page 244
[ 25-10]
A320 Family
Figure 25-2 - Fourth occupant seat
Sliding window
(emergency
evacuation)
Capt's seat
F/O's seat
Capt's briefcase
Lat console
Fixed
window
Third
occupant's
seat
Fourth occupant's seat
Right rear
panel
Coat stowage
Handset
Lavatory
Galley
25.11.208
Page 245
[ 25-11]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
Installation of fourth occupant

seat in cockpit - SOGERMA/
SOCEA
The harness is not compliant with TSOC114 regulation.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
11.5/12.0/-12.0
11.5/12.0/-12.0
11.5/12.0/-12.0
11.5/12.0/-12.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Folding seat
EADS SOGERMA 2510154-01SERVICES.

00
SFE
Quick donning full

face oxygen mask
INTERTECHNIQUE
SFE
25.11.208
MF20-534
Page 246
[ 25-12]
A320 Family
25.11.208
Page 247
[ 25-13]
A320 Family
25.27.100 - Installation of heated floor panels for fwd passenger/crew/service door

area
Objective
To increase the comfort for Cabin Attendants (C/A) in
forward door area during long distance flights.
Basic aircraft
Door area heating is provided by the standard air conditioning system.
Description
A heated floor panel system is installed to increase the
temperature in the forward passenger/crew/service
door areas (RH and LH) at floor level.
The temperature of the floor panels is controlled via
control units.
Note
An ON/OFF switch
CN25.27.101/11.
can
be
selected
through
EPAC selection mode

Individual
25.27.100
Page 248
[ 25-14]
A320 Family
Figure 25-3 - Floor panel heating for forward passenger/crew/service door area
Attendant seats
Floor panels
(heated area is hatched)
25.27.100
Page 249
[ 25-15]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
Installation of enhanced
heated floor panels for fwd
passenger/crew/service door
area
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
11.0/11.0/-11.0
11.0/11.0/-11.0
11.0/11.0/-11.0
11.0/11.0/-11.0
25.27.100
Page 250
[ 25-16]
A320 Family
25.27.100
Page 251
[ 25-17]
A320 Family
25.27.101 - Installation of On/off switch for heated floor panels
Objective
To give the crew the control on the heated floor panels
operation.
Basic aircraft
None
Description
An ON/OFF switch is installed to allow the crew to control the heated floor panel operation.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
25.27.101
Page 252
[ 25-18]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
11
Installation of heated floor

panel On/Off control function
on FAP
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
25.27.101
Page 253
[ 25-19]
A320 Family
25.50.137 - Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels

Objective
To provide sealing of the lateral cargo compartment
floor panels.
Basic aircraft
Rubber seal profiles are installed in between the horizontal part and the first sloping part of lateral cargo compartment floor panels.
Description
Rubber seal profiles are installed to fill the small gaps
between both lateral parts of the cargo compartment
floor and to the side wall lining to prevent for example
accumulation of dirt.
Note
In case a semi-automatic cargo loading system (CLS) is
installed in forward and aft cargo compartments, rubber
seal profiles will be introduced in the area of CLS installation (not in bulk cargo compartment No. 5) as part of
the CLS definition.
For cargo configurations with CLS, TDU 02 will install
rubber seal profiles also in the remaining bulk cargo
compartment No. 5.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
Rubber seal profiles are installed:

at the junction of the two sloped parts of the cargo
compartment floor panels
at the junction of the sloped part of the cargo compartment floor panels next to side wall and the side
wall liner panels.
25.50.137
Page 254
[ 25-20]
A320 Family
Figure 25-4 - Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels
Additional rubber seal profiles
Basic rubber seal
Side wall lining
Cargo floor panels (sloped part)

Cargo floor panels (horizontal part)
Additional rubber seal profiles
Basic rubber seal
25.50.137
Page 255
[ 25-21]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of rubber seal profiles for floor panels in fwd and

aft cargo holds
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
3.0/3.0/-3.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0
7.0/7.0/-7.0
02
Installation of rubber seal profiles for floor panels in bulk

cargo compartment No. 5
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Requires prior acceptance - CN25.52.304

or 404 - Installation of CLS.
25.50.137
Page 256
[ 25-22]
A320 Family
25.50.137
Page 257
[ 25-23]
A320 Family
25.50.510 - Basic full bulk configuration selection in forward and aft cargo holds
Objective
To provide a full bulk configuration for lower deck cargo
holds.
Basic aircraft
Full bulk configuration is installed, and structural provision is made for attaching optional divider nets in the
forward and aft cargo holds (optional divider net positions in aft cargo hold only for A318 and A319).
System provision for CLS in forward and aft cargo holds
(A319, A320 and A321) plus minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system in forward and
aft cargo holds (aft cargo hold only for A318 and A319)
are installed.
net attachment points located on the cargo hold floor

and ceiling area at standard and optional divider net
positions
tie-down points located on the cargo hold floor
load and net arrangement placards.
Note
In case of optional provision for an Additional Center
Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold, ACT support system components (roller tracks, latching devices etc. as applicable) shall be installed on the cargo hold floor (see details
under appropriate TDUs).
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
Description
The full bulk configuration consists mainly of:
basic cargo hold lining on ceiling, side and partition
walls and basic cargo hold floor panels, capable of
bulk loading up to a maximum average load density
of 15 lb/cu ft
standard door and divider nets as required for full
bulk transport
protection devices for rapid decompression panels at
frame 24A
25.50.510
Page 258
[ 25-24]
A320 Family
Figure 25-5 - Full bulk configuration in forward and aft cargo holds
25.50.510
Page 259
[ 25-25]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Basic full bulk configuration without ACT provision
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
02
Basic full bulk configuration with full provision for one ACT
(A319/A320)
A319-100
A320-200
50.0/50.0/-50.0
50.0/50.0/-50.0
A321-200
50.0/50.0/-50.0
A319-100
A320-200
85.0/85.0/-85.0
85.0/85.0/-85.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A320),
or CN28.11.133/03 - Full provision for
installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold
(A319).
option are 9 months
03
Basic full bulk configuration with full provision for one ACT
(A321)
option are 8 months
04
Basic full bulk configuration with full provision for two ACTs
(A319/A320)
(A319), or CN28.11.140/03 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft
cargo hold (A320).
option are 9 months
25.50.510
Page 260
[ 25-26]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
05
Basic full bulk configuration with full provision for two ACTs
(A321)
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
85.0/85.0/-85.0

(A321).
option are 8 months
25.50.510
Page 261
[ 25-27]
A320 Family
25.50.520 - Installation of reinforced floor panels for heavy bulk usage in forward
and aft cargo holds
Objective
To increase the durability / impact resistance of the cargo compartment floor panels if required by operation experiences of the airline.
Basic aircraft
Standard cargo floor panels capable of bulk loading
15 lb/cu ft are installed.
Description
The installation of reinforced cargo floor panels is limited to the flat floor to minimize the weight increase.
The reinforced floor panels feature a modified build-up
with two additional layers of prepeg with increased impact resistance.
Note
New panel layout and quantity depends on selected
cargo compartment configuration such as standard
bulk/optional CLS with or without ACT provision in aft
cargo hold (see details under appropriate TDUs).
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
25.50.520
Page 262
[ 25-28]
A320 Family
Figure 25-6 - Reinforced cargo floor panels

C1
C24
A
C34
C47
C59
C65
C87
A320
Bulk cargo compartment
Forward cargo hold
Aft cargo hold
Prepegs (8 layers) ; anti-slip surface
Prepreg/honeycomb sandwich architecture
12.5 mm
Honeycomb
Reinforced cargo floor panel for heavy bulk usage (BCCS8 type, 15 lb/cu ft)
25.50.520
Page 263
[ 25-29]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Reinforced floor panels in fwd

& aft cargo holds - with full
bulk configuration
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
15.0/15.0/-15.0
15.0/15.0/-15.0
28.0/28.0/-28.0
35.0/35.0/-35.0
02

& aft cargo holds - with CLS
A320-200
A321-200
27.0/27.0/-27.0
A319-100
A320-200
8.0/8.0/-8.0
21.0/21.0/-21.0
A321-200
27.0/27.0/-27.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

CN25.52.304/01 - Semi-automatic CLS in
fwd and aft cargo holds - without ACT provision (A320/A321)
03

& aft cargo holds - with bulk &
full prov. for one ACT (A319/
A320)
CN28.11.133/03 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A319),
or CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for
installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold
(A320).
option are 9 months
04

full provision for one ACT
(A321)
option are 8 months
25.50.520
Page 264
[ 25-30]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
05

& aft cargo holds - with CLS &
(A320)
A320-200
9.0/9.0/-9.0
A321-200
23.0/23.0/-23.0
A319-100
A320-200
4.0/4.0/-4.0
16.0/16.0/-16.0
A321-200
23.0/23.0/-23.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provision for one ACT (A320).
option are 9 months
06

(A321)
fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provision for one ACT (A321).
option are 8 months
07

full prov. for two ACTs (A319/
A320)
(A319), or CN28.11.140/03 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft
cargo hold (A320).
option are 9 months
08

full provision for two ACTs
(A321)
(A321).
option are 8 months
25.50.520
Page 265
[ 25-31]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
09

(A320)
A320-200
-22.0/-22.0/22.0
A321-200
-18.0/-18.0/18.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provision for two ACTs (A320).
option are 9 months
10

(A321)
fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provision for two ACTs (A321).
option are 8 months
25.50.520
Page 266
[ 25-32]
A320 Family
25.50.520
Page 267
[ 25-33]
A320 Family
25.52.190 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo
hold (A320)
To provide system provision adapting the installation of
an in-plane mechanized bulk loading system to increase the efficiency of manual loading and stacking of
bulk cargo and baggage.
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS,
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system, and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in forward and aft cargo holds.
removal and/or replacement of divider nets where

applicable
adequate markings according to the new cargo compartment configuration.
Note for A320-200
Research has determined that manual loading of loads
is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and the aircraft.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

The system provision consists mainly of:
installation of structural reinforcements such as supports, framework, mounting fittings and fasteners
where applicable
installation of brackets and consoles for control panels and wall sockets
installation of additional tie down fittings where applicable
electrical system connection to existing provision
installation of electrical door circuit control
modified linings, ceiling and floor panels where applicable
25.52.190
Page 268
[ 25-34]
A320 Family
Figure 25-7 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading in fwd cargo hold
A320 forward cargo hold shown
System provision
Relocation of divider net
Sliding Carpet System (SCS)
A320 forward cargo hold

- System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems.
- Structural provision/reinforcements where applicable.
- Additional electrical provision where applicable.
25.52.190
Page 269
[ 25-35]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
System provision for mechanized bulk loading system in

fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system
A320-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
7.0/7.0/-7.0
25.52.190
Page 270
[ 25-36]
A320 Family
25.52.190
Page 271
[ 25-37]
A320 Family
25.52.191 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo
hold (A321)
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system, and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in forward and aft cargo holds.

applicable
Note for A321-200
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

The system provision consists mainly of:
where applicable
electrical system connection to existing provision
25.52.191
Page 272
[ 25-38]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02

fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
12.0/12.0/-12.0
25.52.191
Page 273
[ 25-39]
A320 Family
25.52.202 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold sliding carpet system
To install the Sliding Carpet System (SCS), an in-plane
mechanized bulk loading system, on system provisions
for SCS.
Mechanized bulk loading systems increase bulk cargo
loading efficiency, reduce manpower and bulk cargo
loading time.

Full bulk configuration is installed, and structural provision is made for attaching optional divider nets in the
fwd cargo hold.
System provision for CLS in fwd cargo hold plus minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading
system in fwd cargo hold is made.

An electrically powered Sliding Carpet System is installed in fwd cargo hold in the area from the cargo door
(frame C28) to the aft partition wall.
This modification mainly covers the following tasks:

Installation of:
flex-down support
support panels
guide unit panels
drive unit panel
ramp
movable bulkhead
carpet
side guides
control box
cargo compartment placards
relocation of cargo compartment divider nets (where
applicable)
adaptation of manuals.
Note for A320-200 and A321-200
research has determined that manual loading of
loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
the aircraft
for A320-200, requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.190/02 - System provision for mechanized
bulk loading system in fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system
25.52.202
Page 274
[ 25-40]
A320 Family
25.52.202 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold sliding carpet system (Continued)
for A321-200, requires prior acceptance of
bulk loading system in fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
25.52.202
Page 275
[ 25-41]
A320 Family
Figure 25-8 - Mechanized bulk loading system in fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
Control box
installed at ceiling
FWD cargo
door
25.52.202
Page 276
[ 25-42]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Mechanized bulk loading system (sliding carpet with tiedown) in fwd cargo hold TELAIR (A320)
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
A320-200
161.0/161.0/-161.0
Sliding carpet system with tie-down
TELAIR INTERNATIONAL
20-20200-201
BFE
A320-200
153.0/153.0/-153.0
Sliding carpet system without tiedown
20-20200-202
BFE
A321-200
240.0/240.0/-240.0
Sliding carpet system
21-20200-800
BFE
Only applicable in conjunction with basic

system provision for cargo compartment
convertibility.
Sliding carpet system comprises tie-down
capability.
02
Mechanized bulk loading system (sliding carpet without tiedown) in fwd cargo hold TELAIR (A320)
Only applicable in conjunction with basic
system provision for cargo compartment
convertibility.
03
Mechanized bulk loading system (sliding carpet without tiedown) in fwd cargo hold TELAIR (A321)
25.52.202
Page 277
[ 25-43]
A320 Family
(A319/A320)
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
The system provision consists mainly of :
where applicable
electrical system connection on existing provision

applicable
the aircraft
incompatible with Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft
cargo hold.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
25.52.204
Page 278
[ 25-44]
A320 Family
Figure 25-9 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading in aft cargo hold
A320 aft cargo hold shown
System provision
Relocation of divider net
Sliding Carpet System (SCS)
A319/A320 aft cargo hold

- System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems.
- Structural provision/reinforcements where applicable.
- Additional electrical provision where applicable.
25.52.204
Page 279
[ 25-45]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02

aft cargo hold - sliding carpet
system
A319-100
A320-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
7.0/7.0/-7.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
25.52.204
Page 280
[ 25-46]
A320 Family
25.52.204
Page 281
[ 25-47]
A320 Family
(A321)
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
The system provision consists mainly of :
where applicable
electrical system connection on existing provision

applicable
Note for A321-200
the aircraft
incompatible with Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft
cargo hold.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
25.52.205
Page 282
[ 25-48]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02

aft cargo hold - sliding carpet
system
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
10.0/10.0/-10.0
25.52.205
Page 283
[ 25-49]
A320 Family
carpet system
To install the sliding carpet system, an in-plane mechanized bulk loading system, on dedicated system provision.
Mechanized bulk loading systems increase the bulk cargo loading efficiency, reduce manpower and times for
bulk cargo loading.

Full bulk configuration is installed, and structural provision is made for attaching optional divider nets in the aft
cargo hold.
System provision for CLS in aft cargo hold (A319/A320)
plus minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk
loading system in aft cargo hold are made.

An electrically powered sliding carpet system is installed in aft cargo hold in the area from the forward partition wall to the cargo door area.
This modification mainly covers the following tasks:

- Installation of:
flex-down support
support panels
guide unit panels
drive unit panel
ramp
movable bulkhead
carpet
side guides
control box
cargo compartment placards.
- Relocation of cargo compartment divider nets (where
applicable).
- Adaptation of manuals.
the aircraft
for A319 and A320, requires prior acceptance of
bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet
system
25.52.212
Page 284
[ 25-50]
A320 Family
carpet system (Continued)
for A321, requires prior acceptance of CN25.52.205/
02 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet system.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
25.52.212
Page 285
[ 25-51]
A320 Family
Figure 25-10 - Sliding carpet system in aft cargo hold

Aft cargo hold
oo
Aft
d
rgo
ca
Control box
installed at ceiling
25.52.212
Page 286
[ 25-52]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
Installation of mechanized bulk

loading system (sliding carpet)
in aft cargo hold - A319 TELAIR
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
A319-100
143.0/143.0/-143.0
19-10400-200
BFE
A320-200
156.0/156.0/-156.0
20-10400-202
BFE
A321-200
190.0/190.0/-190.0
21-10400-800
BFE

CN25.52.204/02 - System provision for
mechanized bulk loading system in aft
cargo hold - sliding carpet system
03

04

25.52.212
Page 287
[ 25-53]
A320 Family
25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward

and aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
To improve the turnround efficiency by reducing the cargo loading/unloading time (with a single loader), to minimize the risk of injuries to bulk loading staff and to
improve the customer services.
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems, and structural provision for attaching optional
divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
The loading/unloading time is significantly longer due to
the various factors involved with manual loading.
An electrically powered, semi-automatic CLS is installed in the forward and aft cargo holds allowing the
transport of the following ULDs:
Containers:
NAS 3610: 2K2C (60.4 in x 61.5 in), IATA contour AKG/
AKH.
Pallets:
NAS 3610: 2K2C/2K3P (60.4 in x 61.5 in), IATA contour
PK/PKx.
The max.gross weight of each ULD is limited for the Single Aisle CLS to 2500 lbs (1134 kg).
A320:
3 containers or pallets in forward cargo hold
4 containers or pallets in aft cargo hold.
A321:
5 containers or pallets in forward cargo hold
5 containers or pallets in aft cargo hold.
replacement of the standard bulk floor panels, sidewall/ceiling panels by light weight panels
removal of protection devices for rapid decompression panels at frame 24 A
installation of a drainage system in conjunction with
the CLS
structural modifications allowing CLS installation and
system operation
installation of modified placards according to the new
cargo hold configuration
installation of the CLS and the following associated
system components:
1) Restraint, guidance:
guides, latches and endstops.
25.52.304
Page 288
[ 25-54]
A320 Family
25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward

and aft cargo holds (A320/A321) (Continued)
2) Transport:
roller tracks, ballmats.
3) Conveyance:
power drive units, control panels, proximity switches.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
25.52.304
Page 289
[ 25-55]
A320 Family
Figure 25-11 - Semi-automatic CLS for forward and aft cargo holds
34
28
59
56
31
52
A
24
A
50
A320
47
Semi-automatic CLS
compartment No 1
Semi-automatic CLS
for aft cargo hold
compartment No 3 and No 4
35
2
59
56
34
52
A
28
A321
31
24
A
50
47
5
47
2
Semi-automatic CLS
Semi-automatic CLS
for aft cargo hold
25.52.304
Page 290
[ 25-56]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01

and aft cargo holds - without
ACT provision (A320/A321)
A320-200
A321-200
122.0/122.0/-122.0
102.0/102.0/-102.0
02

A320-200
153.0/153.0/-153.0
A321-200
133.0/133.0/-133.0
A320-200
177.0/177.0/-177.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

03

option are 8 months
04

(A320)
25.52.304
Page 291
[ 25-57]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
05

A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
157.0/157.0/-157.0

(A321).
option are 8 months
25.52.304
Page 292
[ 25-58]
A320 Family
25.52.304
Page 293
[ 25-59]
A320 Family
25.52.310 - Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321)
To allow occasional loading of bulk cargo on top of the
installed Cargo Loading System (CLS).
Full bulk configuration, structural provision for attaching
optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds
plus system provision for CLS and minimum electrical
provisions for mechanized bulk loading systems.
Fixed provision for occasional bulk loading are provided
in addition to an installed semi-automatic CLS (optional).
Occasional bulk loading applies on routes/destinations,
where:
no ground service equipment is available
no ULDs are available
baggage requirements call for maximum volume utilization of the cargo holds.
adequate load placarding and markings according to

the new cargo compartment configuration.
the cargo holds are capable for bulk loading up to an
average bulk loading density of 10 lb/cu ft (160 kg/cu
m)
the operation in occasional bulk mode requires the
installation of divider nets and door nets as per WBM.
These nets are not part of this provision but can be
provided by Airbus on specific request or can be ordered directly at the net manufacturer
with reference to the light weight cargo lining and
floor as part of the CLS option, occasional bulk loading shall not exceed 60 flights per year. More frequent operation in occasional bulk mode increases
the possibility of damage to lining and floor panels
restrictions apply for individual items of load exceeding the weight of 110 lb (50 kg).
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
The fixed provision consists mainly of:

protection devices for the rapid decompression panels and a fender at frame 24
25.52.310
Page 294
[ 25-60]
A320 Family
Figure 25-12 - Forward and aft cargo holds configuration

Basic divider net
34
28
59
56
31
52
A
24
A
A320
50
47
Basic divider net

Door nets and divider nets are
not provided with this option.
35
59
56
35
2
52
A
34
28
31
50
24
A321
47
5
47
2
25.52.310
Page 295
[ 25-61]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Fixed provision for occasional

bulk capability in forward and
aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
9.0/9.0/-9.0
11.0/11.0/-11.0

CN25.52.304 Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo holds
25.52.310
Page 296
[ 25-62]
A320 Family
25.52.310
Page 297
[ 25-63]
A320 Family
25.52.315 - Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS
To facilitate later retrofit installation of a semi-automatic
Cargo Loading System (CLS).

The additional circuit breakers are secured by clips to
prevent power on system.

Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system and
structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in
the forward and aft cargo holds.
EPAC selection mode

Global CARGO

installation of new wire harnesses (wire bridges) on
the main terminal boards 2820VT (forward cargo
hold) and 7506VT (aft cargo hold) for power supply
and control function
installation of modified circuit breaker panels
2000VU (for forward cargo hold) and 2001VU (for aft
cargo hold) by including two additional circuit breakers per CB panel for power supply and control function.
25.52.315
Page 298
[ 25-64]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Full electrical provision for

semi-automatic CLS
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
25.52.315
Page 299
[ 25-65]
A320 Family
25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in
fwd and aft cargo holds
To provide operational capability either to transport
ULDs and/or bulk freight up to a maximum average density of 15 lb/cu ft.
fender for protection devices for the rapid decompression at frame 24 A.

EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

Full bulk configuration and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo
holds.
System provision for CLS plus minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system.
The modification consists of the installation of:
electrically powered semi-automatic CLS
additional tie-down fittings
door nets with stanchions and divider nets for the forward and aft cargo holds
reinforced cargo floor panels for heavy bulk usage for
the forward and aft cargo holds, flat parts only
drainage system
side wall/ceiling panels for bulk loading in the forward
and aft cargo holds
25.52.404
Page 300
[ 25-66]
A320 Family
Figure 25-13 - CLS with full bulk capability
Installation of full bulk

sidewalls/ceiling panels
Basic CLS
provisions
CLS + full bulk

(nets included)
AKH
or
ACT
AKH
AKH
Reinforced cargo floor
A321
A320
A319
25.52.404
Page 301
[ 25-67]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
CLS with full bulk capability in

fwd and aft cargo holds - without ACT provision
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
134.0/134.0/-134.0
160.0/160.0/-160.0
190.0/190.0/-190.0
02

fwd and aft cargo holds - with
(A320)
A320-200
175.0/175.0/-175.0
A321-200
201.0/201.0/-201.0
A320-200
196.0/196.0/-196.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

option are 9 months
03

(A321)
option are 8 months
04

(A320)
(A320).
option are 9 months
25.52.404
Page 302
[ 25-68]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
05

(A321)
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
223.0/223.0/-223.0

(A321).
option are 8 months
25.52.404
Page 303
[ 25-69]
A320 Family
25.52.407 - Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs
(A319)
To provide bulk loading capability in aft cargo door area
for configuration with two ULDs loaded.
Full bulk configuration in fwd and aft cargo hold and
aft cargo hold.
System provision for CLS in fwd and aft cargo hold plus
minimum electrical provisions for mechanized bulk
loading systems in aft cargo hold.
This option provides the capability to load the remaining
space in the aft cargo door area with bulk, when two
ULDs are transported on position 41 and 42.
Deletion of the standard divider net at frame 59 and

installation of a new divider net at frame 60
Installation of modified cargo compartment placards
Adaptation of manuals
Note for A319-100
With this modification, the new divider net position at
frame 60 will separate aft cargo compartment No. 4
from the bulk compartment No. 5 for ULD and for full
bulk transportation.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
Due to the relocation of the standard divider net position

from frame 59 to 60, this new net section is enlarged to
offer improved cargo loading conditions.
Installation of a new divider net at frame 57
25.52.407
Page 304
[ 25-70]
A320 Family
Figure 25-14 - Bulk loading in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)
Net configuration with two ULDs loaded
Net configuration for full bulk cargo loading complete aft cargo hold
25.52.407
Page 305
[ 25-71]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Bulk loading capability in aft

cargo hold door area behind
two ULDs (A319)
A319-100
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
4.0/4.0/-4.0
25.52.407
Page 306
[ 25-72]
A320 Family
25.52.407
Page 307
[ 25-73]
A320 Family
25.52.410 - Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door
area (A319)
To provide an additional loading position for a special
container in the cargo door area of compartment 4.
This additional container can be used as a last-minute
baggage container and will optimize the Demand Driven
Dispatch reliability of an airline operating the AIRBUS
Single Aisle aircraft family.
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading systems and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
This option provides the capability to transport a special
container in the cargo door area between frame 56A
and frame 59 with the semi-automatic CLS installed.
The loading and unloading of the special container is

done manually.
structural reinforcements
installation of an additional lowerable Z-latch
installation of retractable, electrically powered front
roller at frame 58
modification of ballmat
attachment of modified placards and markings according to the new cargo hold configuration.
Note for A319-100
Requires prior acceptance of CN25.52.404/01 - CLS
with full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo holds - without ACT provision.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
This special LD3/40-45 container has a baseplate of

39.75 in x 61.5 in with IATA contour H and can be loaded up to a max. gross weight of 1 660 lb (753 kg).
25.52.410
Page 308
[ 25-74]
A320 Family
Figure 25-15 - Additional container in aft cargo hold (A319)

96 in (2438 mm)
45 in (1143 mm)
61.5 in (1562 mm)
39.75 in (1009,7 mm)
Additional container A319

Type : LD3 - 40/45
IATA contour H
Internal volume
80 cu ft (2,3 cu m)
Tare weight
110 to 180 lb (50 to 80 kg)
MGW
1660 lb (753 kg)
25.52.410
Page 309
[ 25-75]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Full provision for installation of

special container in aft cargo
hold, door area (A319)
A319-100
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
3.0/3.0/-3.0
25.52.410
Page 310
[ 25-76]
A320 Family
25.52.410
Page 311
[ 25-77]
A320 Family
25.52.500 - Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold

To ease the guidance of netted pallets or slightly dished
pallets.
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading
system and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
- For A319:
three guides are installed between frame 28 and
31 on the RH side of the hold
three guides are installed between frame 24A and
frame 31 on the LH side of the hold.
- For A321:
twelve guides are installed between frame 28 and
35.5 on the RH side of the hold
twelve guides are installed between frame 26 and
frame 35.5 on the LH side of the hold.
Requires prior acceptance of CLS in forward and aft
cargo holds, which installs: YZ latches including structural provision for continuous side guides, and two
guides opposite to the door. The optional continuous
side guides are specifically recommended when using
netted pallets to prevent entanglement of the net meshes on the fixed YZ latches.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
- For A320:
six guides are installed between frame 28 and 34
on the RH side of the hold
six guides are installed between frame 24A and
frame 34 on the LH side of the hold.
25.52.500
Page 312
[ 25-78]
A320 Family
Figure 25-16 - Continuous side guides in forward cargo hold

35
A319
A321
35
2
28
34
28
24
A
31
24
A
es
12
id
gu
H
nR
31
sid
ide
Hs
es
uid
3g
R
on
12
n
so
LH
sid
gu
ide
es
L
on
sid
uid
3g
34
28
31
24
A
ide
Hs
es
uid
6g
R
on
A320
ide
Hs
es
uid
6g
25.52.500
L
on
Page 313
[ 25-79]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of continuous side

guides in forward cargo hold
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
8.0/8.0/-8.0
12.0/12.0/-12.0
21.0/21.0/-21.0
25.52.500
Page 314
[ 25-80]
A320 Family
25.52.500
Page 315
[ 25-81]
A320 Family
25.52.511 - Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold

To ease guidance of netted pallets or slightly dished pallets.
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system and
the forward and aft cargo holds.
For A319:
RH side : five guides are installed between frame 47/
51 and frame 55A
LH side : five guides are installed between frame 47/
51 and frame 56 .
For A320:
RH side : six guides are installed between frame 47
and frame 52A
RH side : three guides are installed between frame
56 and frame 58
LH side : nine guides are installed between frame 47
and frame 58.
For A321:
RH side : nine guides are installed between frame
47.2 and frame 52A
RH side : three guides are installed between frame
56 and frame 58
LH side : twelve guides are installed between frame
47.2 and frame 58.
requires prior acceptance of CLS in forward and aft
cargo holds, which installs: YZ latches including
structural provision for continuous side guides, and
two guides opposite to the door. The optional continuous side guides are specifically recommended
when using netted pallets to prevent entanglement of
the net meshes on the fixed YZ latches
in case of optional provision for ACTs installed, the

number of continuous side guides will change
on A319, not compatible with CN28.11.140/01 - Full
provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo
hold (A319).
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
25.52.511
Page 316
[ 25-82]
A320 Family
Figure 25-17 - Continuous side guides in aft cargo hold

59
A321
59
A319
56
52
A
55
A
50
47
ide
Hs
47
2
es
uid
g
12
47
R
on
52
e
RH
sid
uid
5g
n
so
12
n
so
LH
sid
ide
gu
59
56
LH
sid
uid
5g
n
so
52
A
ide
Hs
50
des
Shown for info : CLS configuration.

Other configurations e.g. CLS plus full
bulk capability, ACT provision and
ACT installation will change cargo
hold configuration.
R
on
ui
9g
47
A320
LH
sid
uid
9g
n
so
25.52.511
Page 317
[ 25-83]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Continuous side guides in aft

cargo hold (A319)
A319-100
9.0/9.0/-9.0
02

cargo hold - without provision
for ACT (A320)
A320-200
17.0/17.0/-17.0
03

cargo hold - without provision
for ACT (A321)
A321-200
21.0/21.0/-21.0
12

cargo hold - with provision for
one ACT (A320)
A320-200
7.0/7.0/-7.0
A321-200
10.0/10.0/-10.0
A320-200
4.0/4.0/-4.0
A321-200
7.0/7.0/-7.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

option are 9 months
13

one ACT (A321)
option are 8 months
22

two/one ACTs (A320)
option are 9 months
23

two/one ACTs (A321)
option are 8 months
25.52.511
Page 318
[ 25-84]
A320 Family
Fire protection 26
Reference
Title
26.20.103
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) fire extinguisher alternate equipment
26.21.104
Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment
26.23.103
Cargo holds fire extinguisher alternate equipment
26.23.111
Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 120 min
26.23.112
Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min
Page 319
[ 26-1]
A320 Family
26 Fire protection
26.20.103 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) fire extinguisher alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for APU fire extinguisher.
Basic aircraft
One APU fire extinguisher assembly composed of a fire
extinguisher bottle, a discharge outlet and cartridge is
installed in the APU compartment.
Description
The basic APU fire extinguisher assembly is replaced
by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
26.20.103
Page 320
[ 26-2]
Fire protection 26
A320 Family
Figure 26-1 - APU fire extinguishing system
Fire emerg.
stop relays
FDU
ECB
FWC
Fire
extinguishing
bottle
APU
shutdown
Fuel fire
shutoff valve
Pressure switch
Discharge
cartridge
26.20.103
Page 321
[ 26-3]
A320 Family
26 Fire protection
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
APU fire extinguisher basic

equipment - PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
01
APU fire extinguisher alternate

equipment - KIDDE AEROSPACE
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
APU fire extinguisher container
PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
33600005-3
SFE
APU fire extinguisher container
KIDDE AEROSPACE
472 412-1
SFE
26.20.103
Page 322
[ 26-4]
Fire protection 26
A320 Family
26.20.103
Page 323
[ 26-5]
A320 Family
26 Fire protection
26.21.104 - Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for engine fire extinguishers.
Basic aircraft
Two engine fire extinguisher assemblies, composed of
a fire extinguisher bottle, a discharge outlet and cartridge, are installed for each engine.
Description
The basic engine fire extinguisher assemblies are replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
26.21.104
Page 324
[ 26-6]
Fire protection 26
A320 Family
Figure 26-2 - Engine fire extinguishing system
F
I
R
E
AGENT1
AGENT2
SQUIB
SQUIB
DISCH
TEST
ENG 1 FIRE
PUSH
DISCH
APU FIRE
PUSH
AGENT
AGENT1
AGENT2
SQUIB
SQUIB
DISCH
TEST
SQUIB
ENG 2 FIRE
PUSH
DISCH
F
I
R
E
TEST
DISCH
AGENT1
AGENT2
SQUIB
DISCH
SQUIB
ENG 2 FIRE
PUSH
DISCH
F
I
R
E
TEST
115VU
MASTER2
ENG
2 ON
MASTER1
ENG
ON
1
OFF
MODE
NORM
OFF
CRANK
FIRE
Pressure
switch
Squib
FAULT
Pressure
switch
ENG
MASTER2
ENG ON
2
OFF
IGN
START
FIRE
FIRE
FAULT
FAULT
Squib
CFDS
ECAM
LOOP A
LOOP B
FDU
(ENG. 2)
Engine fire extinguishers
26.21.104
Page 325
[ 26-7]
A320 Family
26 Fire protection
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Engine fire extinguishers basic

equipment - PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
01
Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment - KIDDE AEROSPACE
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Fire extinguisher
container, engine
PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
34100005-1
SFE
Fire extinguisher
container, engine
KIDDE AEROSPACE
472088-1
SFE
26.21.104
Page 326
[ 26-8]
Fire protection 26
A320 Family
26.21.104
Page 327
[ 26-9]
A320 Family
26 Fire protection
26.23.103 - Cargo holds fire extinguisher alternate equipment
To provide alternate equipment for cargo holds fire extinguisher.
Cargo holds are designed as class C, with a single shot
fire extinguishing system installed.
The basic cargo holds fire extinguisher is replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
26.23.103
Page 328
[ 26-10]
Fire protection 26
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Cargo holds fire extinguisher

basic equipment - PACIFIC
SCIENTIFIC (A321)
A321-200
02
Cargo holds fire extinguisher

alternate equipment - KIDDE
AEROSPACE (A321)
A321-200
1.0/1.0/-1.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold
PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
34600049-1
SFE
Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold
KIDDE AEROSPACE
472930-3
SFE
26.23.103
Page 329
[ 26-11]
A320 Family
26 Fire protection
Objective
To increase the fire extinguishing capability for forward
and aft cargo holds to cope with 120 min diversion time
as required for ETOPS operations.
Basic aircraft
Cargo holds are designed as class C, with a single shot
fire extinguishing system installed.
Description
For A318, A320 and A321, a second fire extinguishing
bottle is installed.
This second bottle is discharged through a flow metering system 60 min after the first bottle.
For A319, the fire extinguishing remains a single shot
system with a bottle size increased from 630 cu in to
800 cu in.
This implies:
adaptation of electrical wiring
modification of the SDCU or CIDS-SDF logic, corresponding switches and indicator of the cockpit control panel and circuit breakers.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
26.23.111
Page 330
[ 26-12]
Fire protection 26
A320 Family
Figure 26-3 - Cargo fire extinguishing extension

Basic fire
Extinguisher pipe
extinguisher
bottle 800 cu in
Overhead panel
A321
Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
Pre-mod and post-mod (A319)

Pre-mod (A318/A320/A321)
DISCH
DISCH
CARGO SMOKE
TEST
FWD
Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
AFT
SMOKE
SMOKE
DISCH
DISCH
Fire extinguishing bottles

A320
630 cu in
630 cu in
(0.01 cu m)
Post-mod (A318/A320/A321)
Pressure switch
Increased fire
extinguisher
bottle 800 cu in
CARGO SMOKE
FWD
TEST
AFT
SMOKE
Fill and safety

relief port
FW
D HO
LD
AFT
LD
Discharge outlet
and cartridge
HO
Extinguisher pipe
SMOKE
800 cu in
A319
DISCH
800 cu in
AGENT2
Pressure switch
AGENT1
AGENT2
DISCH1
DISCH2
AGENT1
AGENT2
Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
A318
Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
Fill and safety

relief port
FW
D HO
LD
AFT
LD
HO
Discharge outlet
and cartridge
Extinguisher pipe
26.23.111
Page 331
[ 26-13]
A320 Family
26 Fire protection
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Cargo holds fire extinguishers

extended duration for ETOPS
120 min (A318)

120 min (A319)

120 min (A320)

120 min (A321)
Installation of a second fire extinguisher
bottle (630 cu in) on top of the basic one
(800 cu in), and installation of the associated flow metering system.
QTY
STS
Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold
PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
34600017
SFE
A319-100
7.0/7.0/-7.0
Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold
PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
34600049-1
SFE
A320-200
23.0/23.0/-23.0
Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold
PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
34600017
SFE
A321-200
20.0/20.0/-20.0
Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold
PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
34600017
SFE
Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold
PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
34600049-1
SFE

bottle identical to the basic one (630 cu
in), and installation of the associated flow
metering system.
04
Equipment
PN
20.0/20.0/-20.0
The fire extinguisher bottle installed with

the single shot fire extinguishing system
(630 cu in) is replaced by a bigger one
(800 cu in).
03
Equipment
supplier
A318-100

metering system.
02
Equipment
reference
26.23.111
Page 332
[ 26-14]
Fire protection 26
A320 Family
26.23.111
Page 333
[ 26-15]
A320 Family
26 Fire protection
Objective
To increase the fire extinguishing capability to 180 min
diversion time for the forward and aft cargo compartments.
It is required for ETOPS operations with class C cargo
compartments.
Basic aircraft
Cargo compartments are designed as class C, with a
single shot fire extinguishing system installed.
Description
A second fire extinguishing bottle is installed.
This second bottle should be discharged through a flow
metering system 60 min after the first bottle.
This implies :
adaptation of electrical wiring
modification of the SDCU or CIDS-SDF logic, corresponding switches and indicator of the cockpit control panel and circuit breakers.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
26.23.112
Page 334
[ 26-16]
Fire protection 26
A320 Family
Figure 26-4 - Cargo fire extinguishing extension

Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 800 in
Extinguisher pipe
Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 800 cu in
Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
A321
Overhead panel
Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
Pre-mod
DISCH
Fire extinguishing bottles

DISCH
CARGO SMOKE
TEST
FWD
AFT
630 cu in
A320
SMOKE
SMOKE
DISCH
DISCH
630 cu in
(0.01 cu m)
Pressure switch
Fill and safety
relief port
FW
D HO
LD
Post-mod
Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
CARGO SMOKE
FWD
TEST
Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
800 cu in
Pressure switch
Fill and safety
relief port
DISCH
AGENT2
FW
D HO
LD
DISCH1
DISCH2
Discharge outlet
and cartridge
800 cu in
Extinguisher pipe
SMOKE
A319
AGENT2
LD
HO
AFT
SMOKE
AGENT1
AFT
AGENT1
Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
AGENT2
AFT
LD
HO
Discharge outlet
and cartridge
Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
Extinguisher pipe
A318
26.23.112
Page 335
[ 26-17]
A320 Family
26 Fire protection
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01

180 min (A318)

180 min (A319)

180 min (A320)

180 min (A321)
bottle (800 cu in) on top of the basic one
(800 cu in), and installation of the associated flow metering system.
QTY
STS
Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold
PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
34600017
SFE
A319-100
21.0/21.0/-21.0
Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold
PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
34600017
SFE
A320-200
23.0/23.0/-23.0
Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold
PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
34600017
SFE
A321-200
28.0/28.0/-28.0
Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold
PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC
34600049-1
SFE

metering system.
04
Equipment
PN
20.0/20.0/-20.0

metering system.
03
Equipment
supplier
A318-100

metering system.
02
Equipment
reference
26.23.112
Page 336
[ 26-18]
A320 Family
Fuel 28
Reference
Title
28.11.133
Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold
28.11.140
Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo
hold
28.11.225
Installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold
28.11.235
Installation of two Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo hold
28.25.107
Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing
28.25.110
Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit
28.25.130
Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel
Page 337
[ 28-1]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
28.11.133 - Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft
cargo hold
To make structural and system provision for one ACT to
be installed at the forward end of the aft cargo hold.
Space provision is made for an ACT.
Structural provision:
reinforced rivets at membrane plates FR45-46
modified longitudinal beams FR45-46
modified keel beam brackets FR46.
The modification consists in:
provision for ACT cavity and water drains including
access doors through the fuselage skin and belly fairing
air pressurisation pipes to the ACT location
fuel pipes from the center tank to the ACT location
with a transfer pump and valve
reinforcement of fuselage sections 16/17
new cabin floor panels with carpet split for removal or
installation of floor panel above the ACT
new ACT refuel/defuel panel on the fuselage
installation of refuel panel cover (only when ACT are
provisioned but not installed)
new cockpit overhead fuel control panel

installation of relay box in the avionics compartment
plus routings
installation of a third Fuel Level Sensing Control Unit
(FLSCU)
installation of ACT crash stoppers
installation of ACT restraint/support components.
On A319 and A320 selection of this item requires the relocation of the slide pressure bottles to the OHSC between frames C45 and C47 (LH/RH). Consequently
OHSC volume at these locations is reduced by approximately 30%.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
28.11.133
Page 338
[ 28-2]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
Figure 28-1 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold
A319 / A320 Fuel system cockpit panel
FUEL QTY
kg x 1000
CTR
LEFT
HI
HI. LVL.
LVL
CTR
LEFT
ACT
RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
REFUEL VALVE
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
FQI SELECT
CTR/ACT
RIGHT
MODE SELECT
TEST
HI - LVL
REFUEL
CTR + ACT
CTR
ACT
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
BATT POWER
ON
OFF
DEFUEL XFR
PRESELECTED
OPEN
A321 Fuel system cockpit panel
NORM
LTS
REFUEL
ACTUAL
kg x 1000
DEC
INC CKPT
END
Main refuel panel
28.11.133
Page 339
[ 28-3]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01

one ACT in aft cargo hold
(A321)
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
A321-200
125.0/125.0/-125.0
Trim tank transfer

pump
EATON AEROSPACE
568-1-27170002
SFE
A320-200
100.0/100.0/-100.0
Trim tank transfer

pump
EATON AEROSPACE
568-1-27170002
SFE
A319-100
100.0/100.0/-100.0
Trim tank transfer

pump
EATON AEROSPACE
568-1-27170002
SFE
Lead-time constraints 8 months
02

(A320)
03

(A319)
28.11.133
Page 340
[ 28-4]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
28.11.133
Page 341
[ 28-5]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks (ACTs)
in aft cargo hold
To provide structural and system provisions for two
ACTs to be installed at the forward end of the aft cargo
hold.
Space provision is made for the installation of two
ACTs.
additional horizontal beam and support struts
belly fairing / fuselage skin drain hole access doors
air pressurization pipes to the ACT locations
provision for ACT cavity and water drains
fuel pipes from the center tank to the ACT location
with a transfer pump and valve
reinforcement of fuselage sections 16/17
new cabin floor panels with carpet split for removal or
installation of floor panels above the ACT locations
new ACT refuel/defuel panel on the fuselage
installation of refuel panel cover (only when ACT are
provisioned but not installed)
new cockpit overhead fuel control panel
installation of a relay box in the avionics compartment plus routings

installation of a third Fuel Level Sensing Control Unit
(FLSCU)
installation of ACT crash stoppers
installation of ACT restraint/support components.
depending on operator range requirements either
one or two ACTs can be installed for flexibility
on A319 and A320 selection of this item requires the
relocation of the slide pressure bottles to the OHSC
between frames C45 and C47 (LH/RH). Consequently OHSC volume at these locations is reduced by approximately 30%.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
28.11.140
Page 342
[ 28-6]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
Figure 28-2 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
A319 / A320 Fuel system cockpit panel
FUEL QTY
kg x 1000
CTR
LEFT
HI
ACT
1
FQI SELECT
CTR/ACT
HI. LVL.
LVL
ACT
2
REFUEL VALVE
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
RIGHT
CTR
LEFT
RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
MODE SELECT
TEST
HI - LVL
REFUEL
CTR + ACT
CTR
ACT1
ACT2
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
BATT POWER
ON
OFF
DEFUEL XFR
PRESELECTED
OPEN
A321 Fuel system cockpit panel
NORM
LTS
REFUEL
ACTUAL
kg x 1000
DEC
INC CKPT
END
Main refuel panel
28.11.140
Page 343
[ 28-7]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01

two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A319)
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
A319-100
120.0/120.0/-120.0
Trim tank transfer

pump
EATON AEROSPACE
568-1-27170002
SFE
A321-200
150.0/150.0/-150.0
Trim tank transfer

pump
EATON AEROSPACE
568-1-27170002
SFE
A320-200
120.0/120.0/-120.0
Trim tank transfer

pump
EATON AEROSPACE
568-1-27170002
SFE
02

(A321)
03

(A320)
28.11.140
Page 344
[ 28-8]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
28.11.140
Page 345
[ 28-9]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
28.11.225 - Installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold
To install a fully integrated ACT in order to increase the
fuel tank capacity and to extend the range of the aircraft.
Space provision is made for ACT.
To install one ACT with 2992 l capacity at the forward
end of the aft cargo hold.
requires prior acceptance of CN28.11.133 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold or
CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/
one ACTs in aft cargo hold
requires prior acceptance of CN30.70.108 Extended
freezing protection
depending on operator range requirements, the ACT
can be removed/re-installed (by configuration Service Bulletin).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
28.11.225
Page 346
[ 28-10]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
Figure 28-3 - Typical installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (full bulk)
A320
A319
AC
T1
AC
T1
A321
Remark:
Remaining loading in aft cargo
hold is specified in Weight &
Balance Manual
AC
T1
28.11.225
Page 347
[ 28-11]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of one ACT in aft

cargo hold - with full bulk configuration (A319)
A319-100
100.0/512.0/-512.0
A320-200
100.0/512.0/-512.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Incompatible with CN25.52.204 - System

provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320).
Incompatible with CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with
full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo
holds.
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraints 9 months.
02

systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320), or
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
28.11.225
Page 348
[ 28-12]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03

A321-200
100.0/512.0/-512.0
A320-200
100.0/512.0/-512.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

systems in aft cargo hold (A321), or
12

cargo hold - with CLS & full
Lead-time constraint 9 months.
28.11.225
Page 349
[ 28-13]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
13

A321-200
125.0/537.0/-537.0
A320-200
120.0/532.0/-532.0
A321-200
150.0/562.0/-562.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

22

23

28.11.225
Page 350
[ 28-14]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
28.11.225
Page 351
[ 28-15]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
28.11.235 - Installation of two Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo hold
To install two fully integrated ACTs in order to extend
the range of the aircraft.
Space provision for two ACTs.
To install two ACTs with 5984 l total capacity at the forward end of the aft cargo hold.
requires prior acceptance of CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo
hold
requires prior acceptance of CN30.70.108 Extended
freezing protection
depending on operator range requirements, the
ACTs can be removed/re-installed (by configuration
Service Bulletin).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
28.11.235
Page 352
[ 28-16]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
Figure 28-4 - Typical installation of two ACTs in aft cargo hold (full bulk)
A320
A319
AC
AC
T1
T1
AC
T1
T2
Remark:
Remaining loading in aft cargo
hold is specified in Weight &
Balance Manual
A321
AC
AC
AC
T2
T2
28.11.235
Page 353
[ 28-17]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of two ACTs in aft

A319-100
120.0/893.0/-893.0
A320-200
120.0/893.0/-893.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320).
CN03.20.4XX/02 - A319-1XX increased
design weights - MTOW to 75.5 t, MLW to
62.5 t, MZFW to 58.5 t (wv 002).
02

systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320), or
28.11.235
Page 354
[ 28-18]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03

A321-200
150.0/923.0/-923.0
A320-200
120.0/893.0/-893.0
A321-200
150.0/923.0/-923.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

systems in aft cargo hold (A321), or
22

cargo hold - with CLS (A320)
CN25.52.304/04 - Installation of semiautomatic CLS in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321), or CN25.52.404/04 Installation of CLS with full bulk capability
23

cargo hold - with CLS (A321)
CN25.52.304/05 - Installation of semiautomatic CLS in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321), or CN25.52.404/05 Installation of CLS with full bulk capability
28.11.235
Page 355
[ 28-19]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
28.25.107 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing

Objective
To offer flexibility in terms of aircraft servicing.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
A refuel/defuel coupling is provided in the RH wing of
the aircraft.
Space and structural provisions are made for a coupling
in the LH wing.
Description
The modification consists in installing an additional
2.5 inch refuel/defuel coupling under the LH wing (outboard of the engine pylon).
Refueling from this coupling will allow same refueling
rates as from the RH wing coupling.
This option permits aircraft fuel tanks to be filled from either the RH or LH side.
Defueling from both the LH wing and RH wing is possible.
28.25.107
Page 356
[ 28-20]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
Figure 28-5 - Refuel/defuel coupling
Wing leading edge
Coupling
Refuel/defuel
coupling
(basic)
28.25.107
Refuel/defuel
control panel
(basic)
Refuel/defuel
coupling
(optional)
Page 357
[ 28-21]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of additional refuel/

defuel coupling in LH wing
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
7.5/7.5/-7.5
7.5/7.5/-7.5
7.5/7.5/-7.5
7.5/7.5/-7.5
28.25.107
Page 358
[ 28-22]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
28.25.107
Page 359
[ 28-23]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
28.25.110 - Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit
Objective
To enable fuel quantity preselection and automatic refueling to be controlled from the cockpit.
Basic aircraft
The fuel quantity and refueling selections are made
from the external refuel/defuel control panel located on
the side of the fuselage, beneath the RH wing.
Description
A fuel quantity preselector is installed in the cockpit
(overhead maintenance panel) to enable quantity selection and automatic refueling. Preselection and control
from the cockpit will have priority over the external refuel/defuel control panel. Operational indication is provided in the cockpit, at the external refuel/defuel control
panel and on the wings (adjacent to the couplings).
select required fuel quantity

select refuel CTL valve push button ON
green ready to refuel light(s) comes on automatically
when the aircraft is ready
refueling is performed automatically
at the end of refueling, the ready to refuel light extinguishes automatically, and the preselection module
END light indicates that refuel is finished
deselect power.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Note
The sequence of operations is as follows:
select power ON:
a CKPT light comes on automatically in the cockpit
and on the external panel to indicate that the cockpit
has priority
high level check is performed
28.25.110
Page 360
[ 28-24]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
Figure 28-6 - Refuel/defuel panels
Preselected
display
Preselector
rocker sw
PRESELECTED
ACTUAL
Actual quantity display
Kg/1000
FAULT
CTL
VALVE
ON
ON
REFUEL
End light
END
INC. CKPT
DEC.
PWR
Elec PWR pb
REFUEL
CKPT light
CTL valve pb
Cockpit fuel quantity preselector
(TDU 01)
Refuel/defuel
coupling (basic)
Green light
(TDU 02)
Refuel/defuel
control panel (basic)
28.25.110
Refuel/defuel
coupling (optional)
Green light
Page 361
[ 28-25]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit - with RH

refuel coupling & without ACT
prov.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
4.3/4.3/-4.3
4.3/4.3/-4.3
4.3/4.3/-4.3
4.6/4.6/-4.6
A321-200
4.6/4.6/-4.6
A320-200
A321-200
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
For A318/A319/A320, incompatible with

CN28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel.
02
Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit - with LH

refuel coupling & without ACT
prov.
CN28.25.107/01 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing.
control panel.
03

refuel coupling & prov. for one
ACT
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank
(ACT) in aft cargo hold.
04

refuel coupling & prov. for one
ACT
For A320, incompatible with CN28.25.130
- Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel.
28.25.110
Page 362
[ 28-26]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
05

refuel coupling & prov. for two
ACTs
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
A319-100
A321-200
4.6/4.6/-4.6
4.6/4.6/-4.6
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks
(ACTs) in aft cargo hold.
For A319/A320, incompatible with
control panel.
06

refuel coupling & prov. for two
ACTs
CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks
(ACTs) in aft cargo hold.
For A319, incompatible with CN28.25.130
- Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel.
28.25.110
Page 363
[ 28-27]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel
Objective
To offer flexibility in terms of aircraft servicing.
Basic aircraft
The refuel/defuel control panel is located on the fuselage side beneath the RH wing.
Space provision is provided for the refuel/defuel control
panel in the LH and RH wings.
Description
Relocation of the refuel/defuel control panel to either the
RH or LH wing.
Note
relocation to the LH wing requires also installation of
LH wing refuel/defuel coupling
when ACT are provisioned but not installed the installation of a refuel panel cover is required.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
28.25.130
Page 364
[ 28-28]
Fuel 28
A320 Family
Figure 28-7 - Refueling panel locations
Refuel/defuel
coupling (basic)
Refuel/defuel
control panel
(optional)
Refuel/defuel
coupling (basic)
Refuel/defuel
control panel (basic)
)
FUEL QTY
U
TD
kg x 1000
Indicator
CTR
LEFT
01
Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel to RH wing
RIGHT
HI. LVL.
CTR
LEFT
Refuel/Defuel
coupling (optional)
RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
Refuel/defuel
control panel
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
MODE SELECT
TEST
HI - LVL
REFUEL
BATT POWER
Refuel/defuel
control panel
(optional)
(TDU 0
2)
ON
OFF
DEFUEL XFR
PRESELECTED
OPEN
NORM
LTS
REFUEL
ACTUAL
kg x 1000
Preselector
DEC
INC CKPT
END
Relocation of the refuel/defuel control panel to LH wing
Refuel/defuel control panel
28.25.130
Page 365
[ 28-29]
A320 Family
28 Fuel
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel to RH wing without ACT provision
control panel.
02
control panel to LH wing - without ACT provision
control panel.
04
control panel to RH wing - with
provision for two ACTs
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
2.5/2.5/-2.5
2.5/2.5/-2.5
2.5/2.5/-2.5
2.5/2.5/-2.5
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
2.5/2.5/-2.5
2.5/2.5/-2.5
2.5/2.5/-2.5
2.5/2.5/-2.5
A321-200
2.5/2.5/-2.5
A321-200
2.5/2.5/-2.5
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS

(A321).
05
control panel to LH wing - with
provision for one ACT
28.25.130
Page 366
[ 28-30]
A320 Family
Hydraulic power 29
Reference
Title
29.10.110
Hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) alternate equipment
29.21.104
Electropumps alternate equipment
Page 367
[ 29-1]
A320 Family
29 Hydraulic power
29.10.110 - Hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for hydraulic EDPs.
Basic aircraft
Two hydraulic pumps are installed.
Description
The basic pumps are replaced with alternate equipment
which is fully interchangeable, except that the backshell
clocking of the harness connector is re-orientated (depending on the pump and aircraft type).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
29.10.110
Page 368
[ 29-2]
Hydraulic power 29
A320 Family
Figure 29-1 - Hydraulic system
EDP
Yellow
Reservoir
Electrical
pump
Pressure
switch
HYD
LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES
BLUE PUMP
OVRD
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Hand
Pump
PTU
Accu
Valve
Pressure
sensor
Pressure
switch
EDP
To flight
controls and
other consumers
GREEN
HYD
3000
BLUE
3000
PSI
YELLOW
PSI
3000
PTU
ELEC
RAT
ELEC
EDP
GREEN
BLUE
LO AIR
PRESS
RAT MAN ON
H
Y
D
OVHT
TAT +19 C
SAT +18 C
GMT 23:56
G.W. 603
40 VU
YELLOW
PTU
Fire shut-off
valve
29.10.110
ENG 1 PUMP
FAULT
OFF
ELEC PUMP
A
U
T
O
ELEC PUMP
ENG 2 PUMP
FAULT
FAULT
FAULT
OFF
OFF
A
U
T
O
FAULT
OFF
H
Y
D
OFF
Page 369
[ 29-3]
A320 Family
29 Hydraulic power
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Hydraulic EDPs basic equipment - PARKER
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
12
Hydraulic EDPs alternate

equipment - EATON AEROSPACE, PN 3031863-001
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Engine driven
pump
PARKER
4205401
SFE
Engine driven
pump
EATON AEROSPACE
3031863-001
SFE
29.10.110
Page 370
[ 29-4]
Hydraulic power 29
A320 Family
29.10.110
Page 371
[ 29-5]
A320 Family
29 Hydraulic power
29.21.104 - Electropumps alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternative equipment for the electropumps.
Basic aircraft
Two electropumps are installed.
Description
Basic electropumps are replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
29.21.104
Page 372
[ 29-6]
Hydraulic power 29
A320 Family
Figure 29-2 - Electropumps
GREEN
BLUE
40 VU
YELLOW
PTU
RAT MAN ON
H
Y
D
ENG 1 PUMP
FAULT
OFF
ELEC PUMP
A
U
T
O
ELEC PUMP
H
Y
D
ENG 2 PUMP
FAULT
FAULT
FAULT
OFF
OFF
A
U
T
O
FAULT
OFF
OFF
HYD
Hydraulics bay
HYD
GREEN
3000
BLUE
3000
PSI
LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES
BLUE PUMP
OVRD
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
YELLOW
PSI
3000
PTU
RAT
ELEC
LO AIR
PRESS
OVHT
TAT +19 C
SAT +18 C
GMT 23:56
G.W. 603
Electropumps
29.21.104
Page 373
[ 29-7]
A320 Family
29 Hydraulic power
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Electropumps basic equipment

- PARKER
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
07
Electropumps alternate equipment - EATON AEROSPACE
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Electric Motor
Pump (EMP)
PARKER
51154-04
SFE
Electric Motor
Pump (EMP)
EATON AEROSPACE
974540
SFE
29.21.104
Page 374
[ 29-8]
A320 Family
Ice and rain protection 30
Reference
Title
30.41.102
Installation of intermittent function of windshield wipers
30.70.108
Extended freezing protection
30.81.105
Installation of dual advisory ice detection system
Page 375
[ 30-1]
A320 Family
30 Ice and rain protection
30.41.102 - Installation of intermittent function of windshield wipers

Objective
To permit intermittent operation of the windshield wipers.
Basic aircraft
Two windshield wipers with two speeds selectable from
the overhead panel:
slow 95 sweeps per minute
fast 140 sweeps per minute.
Description
The modification consists in adding an intermittent
sweeping function (approximately one sweep each seven second).
This entails the following:
on the overhead panel, the windshield wiper control
switches are replaced by switches incorporating an
intermittent sweeping position
the two motor-converters are replaced by new interchangeable units
additional wiring is installed between overhead panel
and wiper motors.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
30.41.102
Page 376
[ 30-2]
A320 Family
Figure 30-1 - Windshield wipers
WIPER
WIPER
OFF
OFF
INTMT
INTMT
SLOW
SLOW
FAST
FAST
30.41.102
Page 377
[ 30-3]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of intermittent
function of windshield wipers
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Timer
ECE
4307807
SFE
Windshield wiper
motor left
ECE
4307792
SFE
Windshield wiper
motor right
ECE
4307785
SFE
30.41.102
Page 378
[ 30-4]
A320 Family
30.41.102
Page 379
[ 30-5]
A320 Family

30.70.108 - Extended freezing protection
Objective
To provide suitable protection against freezing of the
water/waste system for :
extended duration flights (long term and cold)
extended ground operations
flights with low water consumption.
Note
The protection of galley water lines is part of galley manufacturer.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Basic aircraft
The water/waste system is protected against freezing
under standard operation conditions.
Description
The potable water tank is insulated and the water pipes
in the under floor compartment are electrically heated
and insulated.
The waste tank drain line is electrically heated and insulated.
The water/waste freezing protection is extended to operate:
under extended flight conditions (long term and cold)
or during flights with low water consumption
or
during turnaround and after prolonged parking and
under extended flight conditions (long term and cold)
or during flights with low water consumption.
30.70.108
Page 380
[ 30-6]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
Water/waste freezing protection for extended flight conditions

03
Water/waste freezing protection for turnaround, prolonged

parking and extended flight
conditions
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
27.0/27.0/-27.0
29.0/29.0/-29.0
31.0/31.0/-31.0
34.0/34.0/-34.0
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
29.0/29.0/-29.0
31.0/31.0/-31.0
33.0/33.0/-33.0
36.0/36.0/-36.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
30.70.108
Page 381
[ 30-7]
A320 Family

30.81.105 - Installation of dual advisory ice detection system
Objective
To provide the flight crew with an additional means of
identifying icing conditions.
Basic aircraft
Indication of airframe icing can be seen by the accumulation of ice on the visual ice indicator, a black rod located between the two cockpit windshields or on the
windshield wipers.
Description
The dual advisory detection system is added to the basic aircraft system (above) to facilitate the objective
(above).
It provides two (dual) messages:
ICE DETECTED (amber caution message)
SEVERE ICE DETECTED (amber caution message).
The dual advisory ice detection principle works on a frequency variation due to ice accumulation on the two
sensing elements located on the fuselage nose.
When icing conditions are detected two levels of warnings and their respective recommended actions are provided to the crew in the lower part of the ECAM Engine/
Warning display:
"ICE DETECTED" caution message (amber) implies
"eng anti ice ON" action (cyan)
"SEVERE ICE DETECTED" caution message (amber) implies "wing anti-ice ON" action (cyan).
As soon as the corresponding push buttons are pressed
"ON", the engine anti-ice and/or wing anti-ice memos
are displayed in green on the "MEMO" page.
when icing conditions are no longer detected and
wing anti-icing is activated, the message "ICE NOT
DET" is displayed to remind the crew that the anti-ice
systems can be selected "OFF", hence saving fuel.
Note
The dual advisory ice detection system is operative in
flight only.
The modification consists of :
modification of structure (drilling two holes and reinforcements) and installation of two ice detection sensors in the lower fuselage nose section
installation of additional circuit breakers and associated wiring
30.81.105
Page 382
[ 30-8]
A320 Family
30.81.105 - Installation of dual advisory ice detection system (Continued)

activation of FWCs and CFDIU pin programs (no pin
program for this function on the SDACs).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
30.81.105
Page 383
[ 30-9]
A320 Family

Figure 30-2 - Ice detection system
SDAC
2
1
Ice-det sensors
ICE-DET
1
E/W
ECAM
FWC
2
1
MCDU
BRT
DIR
CFDIU
AIR
PORT
F
M
30.81.105
PERF
INIT
DATA
RAD
NAV
FUEL
PRED
SEC
F-PLN
ATC
COMM
BRT
FUEL
PRED
INIT
SEC
F-PLN
DATA
1
4
37
9
+
COMM
HP I QJ R
Q
+
SP
OVFY
CLR
9
-
MCDU
MENU
MENU
CKD L EM
OFF
OFF
A BMCDUC
ATC
F
F
A
I
L
F
M
PROG
RAD
NAV
F-PLN
F
A
I
L
DIR
F-PLN
AIR
PERF
PORT
PROG
M U N V OW
R Z S / T SP
M
C
D
U
S
X
M
E
N
U
OVFY
M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U
Y
CLR
Page 384
[ 30-10]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of dual advisory ice

detection system
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
Equipment
reference
Ice detection sensor
30.81.105
Equipment
supplier
ROSEMOUNT
INC
Equipment
PN
0871DP4
QTY
Page 385
STS
SFE
[ 30-11]
A320 Family
30.81.105
Page 386
[ 30-12]
A320 Family
Indicating/recording systems 31
Reference
Title
31.00.107
US units for indicators and labels
31.14.103
Overhead panel toggle switches re-orientation
31.33.051
Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU) alternate equipment
31.33.132
Installation of Quick Access Recorder (QAR/WGL-QAR)
31.33.200
Solid State Flight Data Recorder (SSFDR) alternate equipment
31.33.210
Digital Flight Data Recorder System (DFDRS) capabilities
31.36.161
Installation of Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR/WGL-DAR) (BFE)
31.60.114
Indication of metric altitude on Primary Flight Display (PFD)
31.60.120
Installation of Electronic Instrument System (EIS2)
31.65.100
Activation of Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on Navigation Display (ND)
Page 387
[ 31-1]
31 Indicating/recording systems
A320 Family
31.00.107 - US units for indicators and labels

Objective
To provide US units of measurement for airline operational commonality.
Basic aircraft
temperature is in degrees Celsius (deg C)
length is in meters (m)
the weight and fuel quantity are in kilograms (kg)
the fuel flow is in kilograms per hour (kg/h)
the hydraulic fluid is in litres (l)
altitudes are in feet (ft).
Description
The modification consists in replacing metric units with
US units on indicators and labels of the aircraft:
cabin and duct temperature are in degrees Fahrenheit (deg F), all other temperature indications remain
in DEG C
lengths (runway) are in feet (ft)
fuel weight is in pounds and fuel flow is in pounds per
hour (lb/h)
hydraulic fluid quantity indicator is replaced by one
with a US gallon scale.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
31.00.107
Page 388
[ 31-2]
A320 Family
Figure 31-1 - Units of measurements
Unit of
measurement
Basic
unit
Optional
unit
metres
feet
Display on MCDU
3 - Weights
Aircraft weight
fuel indication
and fuel flow
kg
kg
kg/hr
lbs
lbs
lbs/hr
Display of weight on ECAM and in FCOM*

Overhead panel, refuel/defuel panel and
MCDU
*and all operations related documentation
4 - Volume
Hydraulic fluid
quantity
US gallon
Quantity indicator of green system ground

service panel (LH rear belly fairing)
1 - Temperature
(environmental)
2 - Length
(Runway)
31.00.107
Repercussions
Duct and cabin temperature on ECAM and

FAP
Page 389
[ 31-3]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Basic metric units for indicators and labels
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
14
US units for indicators and

labels
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
31.00.107
Page 390
[ 31-4]
A320 Family
31.00.107
Page 391
[ 31-5]
A320 Family
31.14.103 - Overhead panel toggle switches re-orientation

Objective
To provide operational commonality in terms of overhead panel switches orientation with the exception of
the ANN LT switch, for which only the BRT and DIM positions are inverted (test position is not changed).
Basic aircraft
OFF position for the overhead panel toggle switches is
downwards.
Description
All toggle switches on the overhead panel are inverted
with the exception of the ANN LT switch, for which only
the BRT and DIM positions are inverted (test position is
not changed).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
31.14.103
Page 392
[ 31-6]
A320 Family
Figure 31-2 - Overhead panel (25 VU) toggle switches re-orientation

Pre-mod
ANTI - ICE
PROBE/WINDOW
25VU
CABIN PRESS
DITCHING
WING
ENG 1
FAULT
FAULT
ON
ON
HEAT
ENG 2
A
U
T
O
FAULT
ON
A
U
T
O
ON
UP
A
U
T
O
LDG ELEV
AUTO
-2
MODE SEL
MAN Y/S CTL
A
U
T
O
FAULT
MAN
DN
14
0
2
12
10
8
EXT LT
STROBE
BEACON
WING
NAV
ON
ON
ON
A
U
T
O
OFF
STBY COMPAS
FAULT
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
RWY TURN OFF
SEAT BELTS
NO SMOKING
ON
ON
START
NOSE
TAXI
ON
OFF
RETRACT
BRT
OFF
DIM
EMER EXIT LT
ON
A
U
T
O
AVAIL
OFF
TEST
DIM
SIGNS
T.O.
ON
BRT
OFF
OFF
LAND
L
ON
BRT
ANN LT
DOME
MASTER SW
INT LT
OVHD INTEG LT
APU
ON
ARM
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Post-mod
OFF
ANTI - ICE
PROBE/WINDOW
WING
ENG 1
FAULT
FAULT
ON
ON
HEAT
ENG 2
A
U
T
O
FAULT
ON
A
U
T
O
ON
UP
A
U
T
O
A
U
T
O
FAULT
MAN
DN
EXT LT
WING
OFF
BEACON
OFF
A
U
T
O
ON
14
0
2
12
10
STBY COMPASS
ON
FAULT
RETRACT
BRT
START
NOSE
SEAT BELTS
OFF
NO SMOKING
OFF
OFF
TAXI
ON
T.O.
ON
ON
31.14.103
DIM
BRT
BRT
SIGNS
EMER EXIT LT
A
U
T
O
AVAIL
OFF
TEST
DIM
ON
2
R
ANN LT
DOME
OFF
OFF
LAND
INT LT
OVHD INTEG LT
ON
ON
MASTER SW
ON
RWY TURN OFF

OFF
APU
NAV
OFF
DITCHING
LDG ELEV
AUTO
-2
STROBE
OFF
25VU
CABIN PRESS
MODE SEL
MAN Y/S CTL
OFF
OFF
ARM
ON
ON
ON
Page 393
[ 31-7]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Overhead panel toggle

switches re-orientation
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
31.14.103
Page 394
[ 31-8]
A320 Family
31.14.103
Page 395
[ 31-9]
A320 Family
31.33.051 - Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU) alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate vendor for the Flight Data Interface
and Management Unit (FDIMU).
Basic aircraft
To record mandatory parameters complying with the
applicable Airworthiness Requirements and to record
engines, APU and other systems' parameters for performance and health analysis, a FDIMU with integrated
PCMCIA interface is installed.
Description
The FDIMU with integrated PCMCIA is installed to provide the following functions:
data management function
flight data interface function.
The data management function enables:
recording the AIDS data on an optional external Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR)
on request, recording / down loading of pre-programmed compressed data files (SAR data files) and
reports
uploading of operational software and customer database.
The flight data interface function enables:

recording of mandatory parameters required by the
Airworthiness Authorities on a Solid State Flight Data
Recorder (SSFDR) or on an optional external Quick
Access Recorder (QAR).
Note
all FDIMUs shown in this catalogue have 88 parameters capability, to comply with FAR 121.344
all FDIMUs shown in this catalogue are subject to
successful certification
because various PCMCIA cards are available on the
open market, the PCMCIA card is not part of the delivered FDIMU
it is recommended to use PCMCIA with static flash
memory technology
the PCMCIA disk can be used as a storage device
for:
- reports, SAR data files, DAR & QAR data
- system software and customized database upload.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
31.33.051
Page 396
[ 31-10]
A320 Family
Figure 31-3 - FDIMU

MCDU
Airworthiness requirement inputs
Engine & aircraft data sources
BRT
DIR
PROG
PERF
INIT
DATA
F-PLN
RAD
NAV
FUEL
PRED
SEC
F-PLN
ATC
COMM
BRT
AIR
PROG PORT
PERF
DIR
INIT
DATA
SEC
F-PLN
ATC
COMM
BOFF C
A
RAD
NAV
F-PLN
F
A
I
L
AIR
PORT
FDIMU
FDIMU
C KD L E M
H P I QJ R
K8
L9 M U N V O W
P0
Q+ - R Z S / T SP
SP
OVFY
CLR
2
5
3
6
E
J
I
N
M
C
D
U
MCDU
MENU
S
X
M
E
N
OVFY
U
O
T
M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U
Y
CLR
CFDIU
(BITE)
(Flight Data
Interface and
Management
Unit)
FDRS
AIDS
Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)
Data Management Unit (DMU)

Airborne
data loader
MDDU
PCMCIA
card
AMU
SSCVR
OFF
MCDU
MENU
F
M
F
A
I
L
F
M
FUEL
PRED
SSFDR
QAR
DAR
ATSU
Printer
(ACARS)
Print pushbutton
FLOOD LT
MED
AIDS
FDR
112VU
PRINT
EVENT
OFF
31.33.051
BRT
Page 397
[ 31-11]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Std
Std
FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (8803), DMU S/W (PW01) for

P&W - TELEDYNE
FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (8803), DMU S/W (CF05) for

CFMI - TELEDYNE
FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (8803), DMU S/W (IA05) for IAE TELEDYNE
A318-100
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W
TELEDYNE
D08SAPW01
C00000
SFE
Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)
TELEDYNE
2234320-0101
SFE
Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) S/

W
TELEDYNE
F320-0018803
SFE
Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W
TELEDYNE
D09SACF05C 1
00000
SFE
TELEDYNE
2234320-0101
SFE

W
TELEDYNE
F320-0018803
SFE
Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W
TELEDYNE
D10SAIA05C
00000
SFE
TELEDYNE
2234320-0101
SFE

W
TELEDYNE
F320-0018803
SFE
31.33.051
Page 398
[ 31-12]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
14
FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (0001), DMU S/W (CF05) for

CFMI - TELEDYNE
Requires prior activation of 1024 w/s
capability (CN31.33.210/03)
15
FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (0001), DMU S/W (IA05) for IAE TELEDYNE
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

63
FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (040), DMU S/W (-030) for CFMI SAGEM
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W
TELEDYNE
D09SACF05C 1
00000
SFE
TELEDYNE
2234320-0101
SFE

W
TELEDYNE
F320-0020001
SFE
Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W
TELEDYNE
D10SAIA05C
00000
SFE
TELEDYNE
2234320-0101
SFE

W
TELEDYNE
F320-0020001
SFE
Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W
SAGEM
360-04022030
SFE
Data Management
Unit (DMU) setup
database
SAGEM
360-04025030
SFE
SAGEM
ED48A200
SFE

W
SAGEM
360-04027040
SFE
31.33.051
Page 399
[ 31-13]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
64
65
FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (040), DMU S/W (-030) for IAE SAGEM
FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (040), DMU S/W (-030) for P&W SAGEM
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W
SAGEM
360-04020030
SFE
Data Management
Unit (DMU) setup
database
SAGEM
360-04023030
SFE
SAGEM
ED48A200
SFE

W
SAGEM
360-04027040
SFE
Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W
SAGEM
360-04109030
SFE
Data Management
Unit (DMU) setup
database
SAGEM
360-04110030
SFE
SAGEM
ED48A200
SFE

W
SAGEM
360-04027040
SFE
31.33.051
Page 400
[ 31-14]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
68
FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (210), DMU S/W (-035) for CFMI SAGEM
70
FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (210), DMU S/W (-045) for IAE SAGEM
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W
SAGEM
360-04022035
SFE
Data Management
Unit (DMU) setup
database
SAGEM
360-04025035
SFE
SAGEM
ED48A200
SFE

W
SAGEM
360-04027210
SFE
Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W
SAGEM
360-04020045
SFE
Data Management
Unit (DMU) setup
database
SAGEM
360-04023045
SFE
SAGEM
ED48A200
SFE

W
SAGEM
360-04027210
SFE
31.33.051
Page 401
[ 31-15]
A320 Family
31.33.132 - Installation of Quick Access Recorder (QAR/WGL-QAR)

Objective
To provide a copy of the flight data recorder data.
Basic aircraft
Full provision for installation of an ARINC 591(function)
and ARINC 404 QAR 404 (case size) is made.
Description
A QAR generally in accordance with ARINC 591 (function) and ARINC 404 (case size) or ARINC 591 (function) and ARINC 600 (case size) is installed using
existing full provision in the avionics compartment.
It is connected to the FDRS auxiliary output, and
records all FDR parameters with the same word assignments and sampling rate.
Note
If the QAR is ARINC 600 type, the basic provision is automatically adapted.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
31.33.132
Page 402
[ 31-16]
A320 Family
Figure 31-4 - QAR installation
FLOOD LT
MED
AIDS
FDR
112VU
PRINT
EVENT
OFF
BRT
Event pushbutton
21VU
RCDR
GND CTL
ON
CVR ERASE
SSCVR
CVR TEST
A
U
T
O
Control panel
SSFDR
QAR
CFDIU
AMU
FDRS
Linear
Accelerometer
31.33.132
SDAC
SDAC
SDAC
FWC
SDAC
DMC
SDAC
FCDC
SDAC
BSCU
Page 403
CLOCK
[ 31-17]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
40
41
WGL-QAR (8 GSM/GPRS module) equipped with 256MB

PCMCIA memory cards - TELEDYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
PCMCIA card
(2TV1)
TELEDYNE
2234479-0256 1
BFE
PCMCIA card
(2TV3)
TELEDYNE
2234480-0256 1
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR (8
GSM/GPRS modules)
TELEDYNE
2243800-81
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR
software
TELEDYNE
2234505-13
BFE
PCMCIA card 1
TELEDYNE
2234479-0512 1
BFE
PCMCIA card 3
TELEDYNE
2234480-0512 1
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR (8
GSM/GPRS modules)
TELEDYNE
2243800-81
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR
software
TELEDYNE
2234505-13
BFE
31.33.132
Page 404
[ 31-18]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
42
43


A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
PCMCIA card
(2TV1)
TELEDYNE
2234479-0256 1
BFE
PCMCIA card
(2TV3)
TELEDYNE
2234480-0256 1
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR (4
GSM/GPRS modules)
TELEDYNE
2243800-73
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR
software
TELEDYNE
2234505-13
BFE
PCMCIA card 1
TELEDYNE
2234479-0512 1
BFE
PCMCIA card 3
TELEDYNE
2234480-0512 1
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR (4
GSM/GPRS modules)
TELEDYNE
2243800-73
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR
software
TELEDYNE
2234505-13
BFE
31.33.132
Page 405
[ 31-19]
A320 Family
31.33.200 - Solid State Flight Data Recorder (SSFDR) alternate equipment

Objective
To replace the basic SSFDR by an alternate one complying with airworthiness requirements.
The SSFDR has the capability to store the last 25 hours
of the required mandatory parameters in flight and on
ground in a box able to endure severe environment conditions.
Description
The basic SSFDR equipment is replaced by alternate
equipment.
Basic aircraft
One SSFDR is installed in the unpressurized section at
the rear part of the aircraft.
The SSFDR automatically starts recording:
on ground during the first five minutes following energization of the aircraft electrical network
on ground with one engine running
in flight with engines running or stopped.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Note
All equipment are electrically and mechanically interchangeable.
The SSFDR automatically stops recording five minutes

after the second engine shutdown.
On ground, the SSFDR can be manually energized by
pressing the GND CTL pushbutton.
An EVENT pushbutton is installed to record an event
mark on the SSFDR when a specific event occurred
during the flight.
31.33.200
Page 406
[ 31-20]
A320 Family
Figure 31-5 - FDR system
FLOOD LT
MED
AIDS
FDR
112VU
PRINT
EVENT
OFF
BRT
Event pushbutton
21VU
RCDR
GND CTL
ON
CVR ERASE
SSCVR
CVR TEST
A
U
T
O
Control panel
SSFDR
QAR
CFDIU
AMU
FDRS
Linear
Accelerometer
31.33.200
SDAC
SDAC
SDAC
FWC
SDAC
DMC
SDAC
FCDC
SDAC
BSCU
Page 407
CLOCK
[ 31-21]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Flight Data
Recorder (FDR)
L3 COMMUNICATIONS
2100-4045-00
SFE
Std
SSFDR basic equipment (1024

w/s capable) - L3 COMMUNICATIONS, PN 2100-4045-00
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
14
SSFDR alternate equipment

(256 w/s capable) - HONEYWELL
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Flight Data
Recorder (FDR)
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
980-4700-042
SFE
22
SSFDR alternate equipment

(1024 w/s capable) - HONEYWELL
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Flight Data
Recorder (FDR)
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
980-4750-001
SFE
31.33.200
Page 408
[ 31-22]
A320 Family
31.33.200
Page 409
[ 31-23]
A320 Family
31.33.210 - Digital Flight Data Recorder System (DFDRS) capabilities

Objective
To comply with the new FAA regulations asking for an
increase of the sampling rate for the flight controls parameter recording.
If a QAR is requested, only CN31.33.132/18, /19, /40, /

41, /42, /43, or /45 apply.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Basic aircraft
The Flight Data Recording system recording speed is
256 words/second.
Description
In order to comply with the new FAA regulations asking
for an increase of the sampling rate for the flight controls
parameter recording, the modification consists in the installation of the necessary changes to increase
the Flight Data Recording system recording speed from
256 words/second to 1024 words/second.
Note
This modification requires the following minimum configuration:
FDIMU capable of 1024 w/s
SSFDR capable of 1024 w/s
FCDC standard 58
31.33.210
Page 410
[ 31-24]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
Digital Flight Data Recorder

System (DFDRS) 1024 w/s activation
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
31.33.210
Page 411
[ 31-25]
A320 Family
31.36.161 - Installation of Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR/WGL-DAR) (BFE)

Objective
To record the parameters sent by the DMU (raw data
type).
Basic aircraft
Space provision for a DAR is provided in the avionics
compartment.
Description
A DAR generally in accordance with ARINC 591 (function) and ARINC 600 (case size) is installed in the avionics compartment.
The DAR is controlled by the DMU as programmed either from the MCDU or using a ground PC station.
Note
In case of DAR installation, the basic provision is automatically adapted/installed.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
31.36.161
Page 412
[ 31-26]
A320 Family
Figure 31-6 - DAR installation
MCDU
Airworthiness requirement inputs
Engine & aircraft data sources
BRT
DIR
PROG
PERF
INIT
DATA
F-PLN
RAD
NAV
FUEL
PRED
SEC
F-PLN
ATC
COMM
BRT
AIR
PROG PORT
PERF
DIR
INIT
DATA
BOFF C
A
RAD
NAV
F-PLN
F
M
FUEL
PRED
F
A
I
L
AIR
PORT
8
0
ATC
COMM
MCDU
MENU
C KD L E M
H P I QJ R
K8
L9 M U N V O W
P0
Q+ - R Z S / T SP
SP
OVFY
CLR
9
+
SEC
F-PLN
F
M
F
A
I
L
2
5
3
6
M
C
D
U
OFF
MCDU
MENU
M
E
N
OVFY
U
M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U
CLR
CFDIU
(BITE)
FDRS
AIDS
Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)
Data Management Unit (DMU)
PCMCIA
card
AMU
SSCVR
Airborne
data loader
MDDU
SSFDR
QAR
DAR
31.36.161
Printer
ATSU
(ACARS)
Page 413
[ 31-27]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
40
41
WGL-DAR (8 GSM/GPRS module) equipped with 256MB


A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
PCMCIA card
(2TV1)
TELEDYNE
2234479-0256 1
BFE
PCMCIA card
(2TV3)
TELEDYNE
2234480-0256 1
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR (8
GSM/GPRS modules)
TELEDYNE
2243800-81
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR
software
TELEDYNE
2234505-13
BFE
PCMCIA card 1
TELEDYNE
2234479-0512 1
BFE
PCMCIA card 3
TELEDYNE
2234480-0512 1
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR (8
GSM/GPRS modules)
TELEDYNE
2243800-81
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR
software
TELEDYNE
2234505-13
BFE
31.36.161
Page 414
[ 31-28]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
42
43


A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
PCMCIA card
(2TV1)
TELEDYNE
2234479-0256 1
BFE
PCMCIA card
(2TV3)
TELEDYNE
2234480-0256 1
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR (4
GSM/GPRS modules)
TELEDYNE
2243800-73
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR
software
TELEDYNE
2234505-13
BFE
PCMCIA card 1
TELEDYNE
2234479-0512 1
BFE
PCMCIA card 3
TELEDYNE
2234480-0512 1
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR (4
GSM/GPRS modules)
TELEDYNE
2243800-73
BFE
WGL-DAR/QAR
software
TELEDYNE
2234505-13
BFE
31.36.161
Page 415
[ 31-29]
A320 Family
31.60.114 - Indication of metric altitude on Primary Flight Display (PFD)

Objective
To provide both, current and selected altitude indication
on the PFD in meter upon crew selection (in addition to
the basic altitude scale in ft).
Basic aircraft
Current and selected altitude information in feet on the
PFD altitude scale.
Selected altitude in meters is displayed on the lower
part of the ECAM system display upon crew selection.
Description
Both current and selected altitudes in meters are displayed upon crew selection on the PFD complementary
to the basic altitude scale in feet.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
31.60.114
Page 416
[ 31-30]
A320 Family
Figure 31-7 - Current and selected altitude information on PFD

Selected altitude
in meters
10360 M
SPD
HDG
LAT
ALT
LVL/CH
V/S
HDG V/S
HDG
TRK
V/S
FPA
100
SPD
MACH
1000
AP 1
PUSH
TO
LEVEL
OFF
AP 2
20
10
10
34000
025
UP
METRIC
ALT
20
Selected altitude
in feet
60
21 40
20
00
DN
5
LOC
A/THR
EXPED
APPR
10
Metric altitude
pushbutton switch
10
020
STD
06490 M
Actual altitude
in meters
31.60.114
Page 417
[ 31-31]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Indication of metric altitude on

PFD
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
31.60.114
Page 418
[ 31-32]
A320 Family
31.60.114
Page 419
[ 31-33]
A320 Family
31.60.120 - Installation of Electronic Instrument System (EIS2)

Objective
To install 6 cockpit LCD display units with video capability in place of the basic cockpit LCD display units.
Basic aircraft
Six LCD Display Units are installed (without video capability).
Description
In order to be compatible with the display of real-time
video images coming from video sources, the option
consists in replacing in the main instrument panel the 6
basic LCD Displays Units (DU) by 6 LCD Displays Units
with video capability.
A new electronic board is added in the Display Units to
achieve the video function.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
31.60.120
Page 420
[ 31-34]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Installation of LCD EIS2 - THALES AVIONICS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
10
Installation of cockpit display

units with video capability
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
31.60.120
Page 421
[ 31-35]
A320 Family
31.65.100 - Activation of Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on Navigation Display

(ND)
Objective
To provide Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on the
NDs.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The highest Minimum Off Route Altitude within 80 NM
around the actual aircraft position is displayed in hundreds of feet on the NDs (in ROSE-NAV and ARC
mode) when constraint option (CSTR) is selected on
EFIS control panel and selected range is greater than
40 NM.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
31.65.100
Page 422
[ 31-36]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Activation of MORA on ND
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
31.65.100
Page 423
[ 31-37]
A320 Family
31.65.100
Page 424
[ 31-38]
A320 Family
Landing gear 32
Reference
Title
32.40.113
Wheels and brakes alternate equipment
32.41.111
Main Landing Gear (MLG) tires selection and alternate equipment
32.41.120
Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tires selection
32.48.200
Installation of universal brake cooling fans
32.49.109
Installation of Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS) on twin wheel
Page 425
[ 32-1]
A320 Family
32 Landing gear
32.40.113 - Wheels and brakes alternate equipment
Objective
To offer MLG wheels and brakes from an alternate supplier.
on A321, ABS basic wheels and brakes up to MTOW

89.0 t. Certified up to MTOW 93.0 t with fatigue life
limited to 35000 miles (7000 cycles).
Basic aircraft
The basic MLG wheels and carbon brakes vendor is
MESSIER for the A318/A319/A320 and ABS for the
A321.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Description
Wheels and carbon brakes are replaced by alternate
equipment.
Each assembly consists of:
four wheels, each including an inflating valve and
provision for receiving an over-pressure valve and
electrical pressure transducer for an optional TPIS
four wheel hubcaps
four brakes, each including a temperature sensor
with thermocouple, two self-sealing couplings and a
kit for the brake attachment to the MLG axle
four axle sleeves.
Note
BSCU pin programming modification and further programming through the MCDU are made according to
the wheels and brakes selected
32.40.113
Page 426
[ 32-2]
Landing gear 32
A320 Family
Figure 32-1 - Wheels and brakes
Pressure relief
valve
TPIS port
Bleed valve
Carbon heat
pack 4 rotors
Inflating valve
Drive Keys
NLG wheel
Inflating valve
Vent ports
Piston housing
Temperature sensor
Piston with
automatic adjuster
MLG wheel
Wear pin indicator

MLG brake
32.40.113
Page 427
[ 32-3]
A320 Family
32 Landing gear
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Std
07
25
30
Wheels and brakes - ABS
A321-200
Wheels and brakes basic

equipment (SEPCARB III PLUS
OR with new OPS ANOXY66) MESSIER
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
Wheels and brakes - ABS
A320-200
Wheels and brakes alternate

equipment (DURACARB) GOODRICH
Wheels and brakes alternate

equipment - MESSIER/BF
GOODRICH
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
280.0/280.0/-280.0
27.0/27.0/-27.0
27.0/27.0/-27.0
27.0/27.0/-27.0
38.0/38.0/-38.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Brake unit
ABS
5011586-4
SFE
Wheel, main gear
ABS
5011529-3
SFE
Brake unit
MESSIER
C20225510
SFE
Wheel, main
MESSIER
C20195162
SFE
Brake unit
ABS
5011586-4
SFE
Wheel, main gear
ABS
5011529-3
SFE
Brake unit
GOODRICH
2-1684
SFE
Wheel, main gear
GOODRICH
3-1530
SFE
Brake unit
MESSIER-BF
GOODRICH
C20534000-1
SFE
Wheel, main
MESSIER-BF
GOODRICH
C20500100
SFE
32.40.113
Page 428
[ 32-4]
Landing gear 32
A320 Family
32.40.113
Page 429
[ 32-5]
A320 Family
32 Landing gear
32.41.111 - Main Landing Gear (MLG) tires selection and alternate equipment
Objective
To provide a choice of MLG tire suppliers to the customer as well as alternate size.
Basic aircraft
The basic MLG tires are of 225 mph maximum take-off
speed capability.
Description
installation of tires on the MLG wheels
installation of the corresponding inflation pressure labels
adaptation of the height of the door guide (podger) to
accommodate the new tire
modification of the pin programming of the BSCU
(brake and steering control unit)
modification of the TPIS (if installed) pin programming.
Note
Tire selection is by RFC procedure.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
32.41.111
Page 430
[ 32-6]
Landing gear 32
A320 Family
Figure 32-2 - Main Landing Gear (MLG)
Hinged fairing
Fixed fairing
Proximity sensors
Actuating
cylinder
Tires
Door guide (podger)
Steps
Uplock roller
Main door
Door ramp
32.41.111
Page 431
[ 32-7]
A320 Family
32 Landing gear
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
01
MLG tires selection - MICHELIN (46X17-R20 radial tires)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
Tires, main 46 x 17
R20
MICHELIN
M01103
SFE
13
MLG tires selection - MICHELIN (1270X455-R22 radial

retreadable tires)
A321-200
16.0/16.0/-16.0
Tires, main 1270 x

455 R22
MICHELIN
M13901
SFE
A321-200
10.0/10.0/-10.0
Conventional tire,
49x18-22, MLG
GOODYEAR
498FL2-1
SFE
A321-200
16.0/16.0/-16.0
Radial tire retread- MICHELIN

able 1270x455R22,
MLG
M20101-01
SFE
Up to MTOW 89.0 t.
17
MLG tires selection - GOODYEAR (49X18-22 bias tires)

Up to MTOW 89.0 t.
23
MLG tires alternate equipment

- MICHELIN (1270X455-R22
radial retreadable tires)
Up to MTOW 93.5 t.
25
MLG tires selection - BRIDGESTONE (46X17-R20 radial tires)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
11.0/11.0/-11.0
11.0/11.0/-11.0
11.0/11.0/-11.0
Radial tire 46x17R20, MLG
BRIDGESTONE
APR06755
SFE
26
MLG tires selection - BRIDGESTONE (1270x455-R22/30

radial tires)
A321-200
32.0/32.0/-32.0
Tires, main 1270 x

455 R22
BRIDGESTONE
APR07002
SFE
A321-200
48.0/48.0/-48.0
Tires, main 1270 x

455 R22
BRIDGESTONE
APR07010
SFE
Up to MTOW 89.0 t.
28
MLG tires alternate equipment

- BRIDGESTONE (1270x455R22/32 radial tires)
Up to MTOW 93.5 t.
CN32.40.113/20 - Wheels and brakes
alternate equipment - MESSIER/BF
GOODRICH.
32.41.111
Page 432
[ 32-8]
Landing gear 32
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
30
MLG tires selection - GOODYEAR (46x17R20 radial tires)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
63.0/63.0/-63.0
63.0/63.0/-63.0
63.0/63.0/-63.0
Equipment
reference
Radial tire 46x17R20, MLG
32.41.111
Equipment
supplier
GOODYEAR
Equipment
PN
467Q02-3
QTY
Page 433
STS
SFE
[ 32-9]
A320 Family
32 Landing gear
32.41.120 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tires selection
Objective
To provide a choice of NLG tire suppliers to the customer.
Basic aircraft
The basic NLG tires are of 225 mph maximum take-off
speed capability.
Description
NLG tires are installed in accordance with the customer's choice.
Note
Tire selection is by RFC procedure.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
32.41.120
Page 434
[ 32-10]
Landing gear 32
A320 Family
Figure 32-3 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG)
FWD
Door uplock
assembly
Gear uplock assembly
Door actuating
cylinder
Forward
doors
Gear actuating cylinder

Downlock actuator
Aft doors
Drag strut
assembly
Lock stay
Tires
32.41.120
Page 435
[ 32-11]
A320 Family
32 Landing gear
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
05
NLG tires selection - MICHELIN

(30X8.8-R15 radial tires)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
Tires, nose
MICHELIN
M08201
SFE
12
NLG tires selection - BRIDGESTONE (30X8.8-R15 radial

tires)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
4.0/4.0/-4.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0
Radial tire
30x8.8R15, NLG
BRIDGESTONE
APR05145
SFE
14
NLG tires selection - GOODYEAR (30x8.8R15 radial tires)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
6.0/6.0/-6.0
6.0/6.0/-6.0
6.0/6.0/-6.0
6.0/6.0/-6.0
Radial tire
30x8.8R15, NLG
GOODYEAR
309Q62-1
SFE
32.41.120
Page 436
[ 32-12]
Landing gear 32
A320 Family
32.41.120
Page 437
[ 32-13]
A320 Family
32 Landing gear
32.48.200 - Installation of universal brake cooling fans
Objective
To cool down the brakes on the ground to decrease
turnaround time.
Universal brake cooling fans are strongly recommended
in the case of a daily network based on several short
flights (four or more flights) and short turn-around times
(45 minutes).
Note
The universal brake cooling fans must be installed with
a wheel adaptor kit corresponding to the selected
wheels and brakes configuration.
Basic aircraft
System provision for ground cooling fans is made.
Description
The electrical fan motor is located in the wheel axle. The
air is drawn by the impeller from the brake side and
vented outside. The motor is protected by circuit breakers and controlled by a push-button on the main instrument panel. The fans are automatically switched off
upon landing gear retraction, even if the control is in the
ON position.
The basic aircraft includes system provision for a
ground brake cooling fan system installation.
The following changes have to be carried out on the aircraft:
installation of modified tachometer/fan motor support, tachometer drive shaft and cover
fan assembly installation
installation of circuit breakers, control push-button,
wiring and modification of integral lighting panel
connection of the existing wiring to fan motors, control push-button and circuit breakers.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
32.48.200
Page 438
[ 32-14]
Landing gear 32
A320 Family
Figure 32-4 - Universal brake cooling fans

LDG GEAR
UNLK
UNLK
BRK FAN
A/BRK
LO MED MAX
DECEL
DECEL
DECEL
ON
ON
ON
UBCF Fan Assy
HOT
ON
UNLK
Impeller
A/SKID & NW
STEER
ON
TPIS connector
OFF
UBCF Motor Assy
Tachometer
Auto-Brake Panel
Connector
Wheel adapter
32.48.200
Page 439
[ 32-15]
A320 Family
32 Landing gear
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
11
12
Installation of universal brake

cooling fans on MESSIER
wheels and brakes

cooling fans on BF-GOODRICH
wheels and brakes
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
30.0/30.0/-30.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Tachometer drive
shaft
MESSIER
E21350000
SFE
UBCF fan ASSY
TECHNOFAN
RU1502U01
SFE
UBCF motor ASSY
TECHNOFAN
AE1502U02
SFE
Wheel adaptor kit

on MB
TECHNOFAN
DR1502C00
SFE
Tachometer drive
shaft
MESSIER
E21350000
SFE
UBCF fan ASSY
TECHNOFAN
RU1502U01
SFE
UBCF motor ASSY
TECHNOFAN
AE1502U02
SFE
Valve adapter
TECHNOFAN
EVT174-603A
SFE
Wheel adaptor kit

on BF-Goodrich
TECHNOFAN
DR1502D00
SFE
32.48.200
Page 440
[ 32-16]
Landing gear 32
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
13
14

cooling fans on ABS wheels
and brakes

cooling fans on MESSIER/BFGOODRICH wheels and brakes
A320-200
A321-200
A321-200
30.0/30.0/-30.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Tachometer drive
shaft
MESSIER
E21350000
SFE
UBCF fan ASSY
TECHNOFAN
RU1502U01
SFE
UBCF motor ASSY
TECHNOFAN
AE1502U02
SFE
wheel adaptor kit

on ABS
TECHNOFAN
DR1402A00
SFE
Tachometer drive
shaft
MESSIER
E21350000
SFE
UBCF fan ASSY
TECHNOFAN
RU1502U01
SFE
UBCF motor ASSY
TECHNOFAN
AE1502U02
SFE
Wheel adaptor kit

on MB/BFG
TECHNOFAN
DR1402C00
SFE
32.48.200
Page 441
[ 32-17]
A320 Family
32 Landing gear
32.49.109 - Installation of Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS) on twin wheel

Objective
To display MLG and NLG tire pressure, on the ECAM
wheel page, giving immediate detection of deflated
tires.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
System provision for a TPIS are made.
Electrical wiring from wheel axles to avionics compartment, wiring from SDAC, CFDIU to TPIS computer rack.
Description
Tire pressure indicating system includes:
one sensor on each wheel rim to measure the pressure in each main and nose gear tire (total 6 sensors
per aircraft)
one transmission unit inside the wheel axles which
transmits the electrical pressure signal from the sensor to the computer (total 6 per aircraft)
TPIS computer located in the avionics compartment
sends information to the ECAM for data display (indication is green and turns to amber when low/high
pressure is detected), and to FWC for warning messages
pin-programming of TPIS computer in accordance
with the aircraft weight and tire size
pin-programming of SDAC 1 and 2.
32.49.109
Page 442
[ 32-18]
Landing gear 32
A320 Family
Figure 32-5 - Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS)

Wheel rim
TPIS components
Pressure sensor
Tyre
pressure
Transmission
unit
TPIS
Wheel 1
Transmission
unit
ECAM
computer
From
other wheels
Electronic
module
Axle
Rotating
transformer
Tachometer
Drive shaft
WHEEL
195
170
1
195
REL
PSI
PSI
195
140
2
195
TAT + 19 C
SAT + 18 C
17H03
140
3
REL
140
4
195
PSI
195
Tyres Pressure
Indication
G.W. 60300 KG
C.G. 28.1%
System Display
32.49.109
Page 443
[ 32-19]
A320 Family
32 Landing gear
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
01
Installation of TPIS on MESSIER wheel (A318/A319/A320)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
Tire Pressure Indication Computer

(TPIC)
LABINAL
1058-34
SFE
02
Installation of TPIS on GOODRICH wheel (A318/A319/

A320)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0

(TPIC)
LABINAL
1058-34
SFE
A320-200
17.0/17.0/-17.0

(TPIC)
LABINAL
1058-34
SFE

alternate equipment - GOODRICH
03
Installation of TPIS on ABS

wheel (A320)
alternate equipment - ABS.
04
Installation of TPIS on ABS

wheel (A321)
A321-200
17.0/17.0/-17.0

(TPIC)
LABINAL
1058-34
SFE
05
Installation of TPIS on MESSIER wheel (A321)
A321-200
17.0/17.0/-17.0

(TPIC)
LABINAL
1058-34
SFE

alternate equipment - MESSIER/BF
GOODRICH.
32.49.109
Page 444
[ 32-20]
A320 Family
Lights 33
Reference
Title
33.12.109
Changes in cockpit illumination (excluding instrument and panel lighting)
33.43.000
Runway turnoff lights
33.46.000
Taxi and take-off lights
Page 445
[ 33-1]
A320 Family
33 Lights
33.12.109 - Changes in cockpit illumination (excluding instrument and panel

lighting)
Objective
To give better illumination of sliding table and chart
holder areas. To improve reliability and reduce power
consumption.
Basic aircraft
Basically the A/C is equipped with yellow bulb lamps.
Description
The sliding table light units and the map reading lights
are fitted with LED lamps. The new lights are white and
give better illumination.
Note
Two-way interchangeable.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
33.12.109
Page 446
[ 33-2]
Lights 33
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
Installation of brighter LED

pilot chart holder and map
reading lights
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
33.12.109
Page 447
[ 33-3]
A320 Family
33 Lights
33.43.000 - Runway turnoff lights
Basic aircraft
Two runway turnoff lights are installed to provide wide
beams for side lighting while taxiing.
Description
An alternate runway turnoff light from vendor ECE is installed.
This modification consists in replacing the sealed beam
with a lens/reflector unit containing a replaceable halogen lamp of higher colour temperature. The remainder
of the light assembly remains unchanged.
This new installation:
prevents transformer overheating and failure
improves lamp lifetime
is fully interchangeable with the GE sealed beam
unit.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
33.43.000
Page 448
[ 33-4]
Lights 33
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Basic runway turnoff lights
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
05
Alternate runway turnoff light ECE
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

CN33.46.000/04 - Alternate taxi and takeoff lights - ECE
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Runway turnoff light ECE
8000306Y00
SFE
Runway turnoff light ECE
8000281Y00
SFE
33.43.000
Page 449
[ 33-5]
A320 Family
33 Lights
33.46.000 - Taxi and take-off lights
Basic aircraft
One take-off and one fixed position taxi light are installed on the nose landing gear.
These lights extinguish automatically upon retraction of
the nose landing gear.
Description
Alternate taxi and take-off lights from vendor ECE shall
be installed.
This modification consists in replacing the sealed beam
with a lens/reflector unit containing a replaceable halogen lamp of higher colour temperature. The remainder
of the light assembly remains unchanged.
This new installation:
prevents transformer overheating and failure
improves lamp lifetime
is fully interchangeable with the GE sealed beam
unit.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
33.46.000
Page 450
[ 33-6]
Lights 33
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
04
Basic taxi and take-off lights
Alternate taxi and take-off

lights - ECE
CN33.43.000/05 - Alternate runway turnoff light - ECE.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Take-off light
ECE
4233488
SFE
Taxi light
ECE
4236564
SFE
Take-off light
ECE
8000283Y00
SFE
Taxi light
ECE
8000282Y00
SFE
33.46.000
Page 451
[ 33-7]
A320 Family
33 Lights
33.46.000
Page 452
[ 33-8]
A320 Family
Navigation 34
Reference
Title
34.00.108
QNH/QFE BARO setting
34.13.105
Installation of aspirated Total Air Temperature (TAT) probes
34.13.106
Pitot probes alternate equipment
34.15.101
Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors alternate equipment
34.20.203
Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) optional functions
34.35.109
System provision for Head Up Display (HUD) system installation
34.35.110
Installation (based on provision) of Head Up Display (HUD) system
34.41.302
Full single Weather Radar (WXR) system alternate equipment
34.41.310
Installation of dual Weather Radar (WXR) System
34.42.101
Radio altimeters alternate equipment
34.42.117
Radio altitude automatic call-outs
34.43.203
Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) alternate equipment (SFE)
34.43.250
Installation of T2CAS
34.43.260
T2CAS - Activation of alternate warnings
34.43.270
Wiring provision for T3CAS
34.43.290
Wiring provision for Aircraft Traffic Situation Awareness (ATSAW)
Page 453
[ 34-1]
34 Navigation
A320 Family
Reference
Title
34.43.295
Activation of ATSAW function
34.48.124
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - alternate equipment
34.48.127
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) alternate warnings
34.48.132
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - optional functions
34.51.101
Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators alternate equipment
34.52.117
Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B OUT)
34.52.133
Compliance with European enhanced surveillance (EHS) regulation
34.52.140
Air Traffic Control (ATC) control panel alternate equipment
34.53.109
Full provision for second Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
34.53.111
Single Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system alternate equipment
34.53.119
Installation of dual Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
34.55.102
VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR)/Marker receivers alternate equipment
34.58.313
Multi Mode Receiver (MMR) alternate equipment
34.58.316
Activation of GLS function
34.58.317
Activation of FLS function
34.58.340
Installation of MLS function for cat IIIb operation hosted by the MMR
Page 454
[ 34-2]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Page 455
[ 34-3]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.00.108 - QNH/QFE BARO setting
Objective
To provide air data information based on QFE.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
Possibility to select STD or QNH.
The basic air data information is based on QNH.
Description
The modification consists in making the FMGS system
capable of recognizing whether the BARO setting is
based on QNH or QFE.
The QNH/QFE mode is selected by pressing the BARO
setting knob (PFD control panel) once or twice from the
STD position. The reference value is then set by rotating
the knob and the corresponding setting (QFE or QNH)
is displayed on the PFDs.
This entails the following repercussions:
FCU, FMGCs, DMCs pin programming
pin programming of GPWS to activate QFE/QNH
function.
34.00.108
Page 456
[ 34-4]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-1 - QNH/QFE BARO setting
Mode selection
Reference value selection
Settings display
1FD2
A/THR
SPEED
STD
Pull
1013
In Hg
In hPa
Rotating the knob

has no effect
20
286 00
80
PULL
STD
STD
STD
1FD2
A/THR
SPEED
Push
once
QNH
Rotate the knob
1020
In Hg
20
286 00
80
In hPa
PULL
STD
QNH
1020
QNH
1FD2
A/THR
SPEED
Push
again
Rotate the knob
1004
In Hg
20
286 00
80
In hPa
PULL
STD
QFE
QFE
1004
QFE
34.00.108
Page 457
[ 34-5]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
QNH/QFE BARO setting
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
34.00.108
Page 458
[ 34-6]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.00.108
Page 459
[ 34-7]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.13.105 - Installation of aspirated Total Air Temperature (TAT) probes

Objective
To provide a correct TAT measurement on ground for
estimation of take-off performance data, even under solar radiation.
installation of a 3/8 inch diameter air pressure pipe

for bleeding air from the cabin pressurization system
to the TAT probes
connection of the air pressure pipe into the air conditioning system.
Basic aircraft
Two non-aspirated TAT probes are installed.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Description
On the ground while the aircraft is stationary solar radiation can heat the probes due to the absence of airflow
aircraft static phase.
The air inside the probes can become hot, leading to an
inaccurate measurement.
The existing TAT probes are replaced by two probes fitted with an air suction system.
These units are mechanically interchangeable.
The following work has to be undertaken:
change of existing electrical connectors
34.13.105
Page 460
[ 34-8]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-2 - TAT probes
Air flow
Sensing
element
New TAT probes
Pipe routing
Air conditioning
system bleed
tapping points
Supply air for

ejector operation
34.13.105
Page 461
[ 34-9]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
05
Installation of aspirated TAT

probes - BF GOODRICH AEROSPACE
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
TAT sensor
34.13.105
Equipment
supplier
BF GOODRICH
AEROSPACE
Equipment
PN
0102LM2GE
QTY
Page 462
STS
SFE
[ 34-10]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.13.105
Page 463
[ 34-11]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.13.106 - Pitot probes alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the pitot probes.
Basic aircraft
Three pitot probes are installed on the lower front part
of the fuselage (frame 10):
the CAPT probe (1) and the STBY probe (3) are installed on the left side
the F/O probe (2) is installed on the right side.
Each pitot probe provides its pressure information to
each ADIRU through one Air Data Module (ADM).
Description
The basic pitot probes are replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.13.106
Page 464
[ 34-12]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-3 - Pitot probe installation/locations
9DA1 probe-pitot .1
9DA2 probe-pitot .2
9DA3 probe-pitot .3
Quick disconnect
coupling
Electrical
connector
Air flow
Drain hole
(one on each side)
34.13.106
Page 465
[ 34-13]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Pitot probes basic equipment THALES AVIONICS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
01
Pitot probes alternate equipment - BF GOODRICH AEROSPACE
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Pitot probe
THALES AVIONICS SA
C16195BA
SFE
Pitot probe
BF GOODRICH
AEROSPACE
0851 HL
SFE
34.13.106
Page 466
[ 34-14]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.13.106
Page 467
[ 34-15]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.15.101 - Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate vendor for Angle Of Attack (AOA)
sensors.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is equipped with 3 AOA sensors located on
the lower part of the fuselage (frame 25/26):
AOA sensors 1 and 3 are installed on the LH side
AOA sensor 2 is installed on the RH side.
Each AOA sensor measures the angle of attack via a
small rotating wing-like device positioned in the direction of the airflow. Each sensor provides the angle of attack information to each ADIRU.
Description
The AOA sensors are replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.15.101
Page 468
[ 34-16]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-4 - Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors locations
3FP1 sensor - angle of attack . 1

2 dowel pins
8 mounting holes
34.15.101
Page 469
[ 34-17]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
AOA sensors basic equipment

- THALES PN C16291AB
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
01
AOA sensors alternate equipment - BF GOODRICH AEROSPACE
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Angle of attack sen- THALES AVIONsor

ICS SA
C16291AB
SFE
Angle of attack sen- BF GOODRICH

sor
AEROSPACE
0861ED
SFE
34.15.101
Page 470
[ 34-18]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.15.101
Page 471
[ 34-19]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.20.203 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) optional functions

Objective
To activate optional functions in the 3ATI Integrated
Standby Instrument System (ISIS).
Note
Each TDU option can be selected independently of the
others.
Basic aircraft
The following basic functions are activated in the ISIS:
attitude indication (pitch, roll, lateral acceleration)
altitude (Ft) indication
airspeed (Kts) indication
mach number
BARO setting (Hpa)
standard barometric pressure ( std 1013.25 hPa)
LOC and glide/slope received from the ILS / MMR.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Description
The following options are available in the system and
can be activated by appropriate pin programming:
altitude in meter
BARO setting in inches of mercury (inHg).
The above mentioned options have to be selected
through the dedicated TDUs.
The ISIS is connected to the Flight Data Interface and
Management Unit (FDIMU).
34.20.203
Page 472
[ 34-20]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-5 - ISIS display installation
BUGS
TEST
LS
3910 M
340
320
10
10
280
10
10
260
.57
20
20
300
ATT
130
40
128 20
00
ISIS with options:

- altitude in meters
- BARO setting in inHg and hPa
125
1013/29.92
BARO
34.20.203
Page 473
[ 34-21]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
ISIS optional function - BARO

setting in inHg
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
04
ISIS optional function - altitude

in meter
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
Equipment
reference
34.20.203
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
Page 474
STS
[ 34-22]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.20.203
Page 475
[ 34-23]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.35.109 - System provision for Head Up Display (HUD) system installation

Objective
To provide mechanical and electrical provision for Head
Up Display (HUD) system installation.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The system provision comprises mechanical and electrical provisions for the installation of a single HUD system on the captain's side (left hand pilot station).
modifying the cockpit (left-hand side) primary structure to support the installation of the Head-Up Projector Unit (HPU) and Head-Up Combiner unit (HCU)
installing wirings between the avionics compartment
and the cockpit
installation of circuit breaker with safety clip
installation of 6 MCU mounting tray for the HUDC in
avionics compartment (shelf 86VU)
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.35.109
Page 476
[ 34-24]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
System provision for single

HUD system installation
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
34.35.109
Page 477
[ 34-25]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.35.110 - Installation (based on provision) of Head Up Display (HUD) system

Objective
To provide pilot with an Head Up Display (HUD) system
in order to fly the aircraft head-up in relation to the external scene.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
A Head Up Display (HUD) system is installed to manually fly the aircraft or to monitor the automatic approaches in all the flight phases for which it will be certified.
Note
Aircraft operation with HUD activated requires dedicated flight crew training.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.35.110
Page 478
[ 34-26]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation (based on provision) of single HUD system CFM engines

Certified only on A318/A319/A320
equipped with CFM engines.
For A318 equipped with PW engines, or
for A320 equipped with IAE engines or for
A321 equipped with CFM or IAE engines,
to be investigated on a case by case analysis.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
27.0/27.0/-27.0
27.0/27.0/-27.0
27.0/27.0/-27.0
27.0/27.0/-27.0
34.35.110
Page 479
[ 34-27]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.41.302 - Full single Weather Radar (WXR) system alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment and enhanced functions
with regard to the WXR.
Basic aircraft
A single X-band weather radar system, generally in
accordance with ARINC 708A is installed. The
transceiver is installed behind the forward pressure
bulkhead.
One control panel accessible to both pilots is installed
on the pedestal.
Description
Depending on the selection made, some or all of the
equipment is replaced.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.41.302
Page 480
[ 34-28]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-6 - Single Weather Radar (WXR) system
GS 394
249/16
TAS 388
6
9
LMG 004
93 NM
18:35
LMG
FF33R
12
.2R
33
ARPT
15
NDB
VOR D
WPT
CSTR
BARO
GAI
AGN
40
20
30
60
WXR transceiver
VOR1
CGCM
123 NM
ARC
in Hg
10
27
NAV
18
D130M
10
ROSE
VOR
160
ILS
hPa
PLAN
PULL
STD
21
24
320
Range
selector
ND (Rose mode)
GS 394 TAS 388
249/16
35
LMG 004
93 NM
18:35
OL
33
ADF
VOR
OFF
34
1
ADF
VOR
ILS
FD
OFF
Mode
selector
CDN
ANG
AMB
AVD
240
CGC
240
LMG
160
WXR antenna
WXR antenna mount

(single drive)
VOR1
CGC M
103 NM
160
TILT
-3.00
CAL
.2R
GAI
AGN
ND (Arc mode)
Single control panel (Cockpit pedestal)
34.41.302
Page 481
[ 34-29]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
02
Full single WXR (ARINC 708A)

with PWS activation - ROCKWELL COLLINS, PN -624
Alternate full single WXR

(ARINC 708A) with PWS and
multiscan (WXR 2100) - ROCKWELL COLLINS, PN -213
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Weather radar
antenna

LINS
SFE
Weather radar
antenna mount

LINS
SFE
Weather radar con- ROCKWELL COL- 622-5129-021

trol panel
LINS
SFE
Weather radar
transceiver

LINS
SFE
Weather radar
transceiver mount

LINS
SFE
Weather radar
antenna

LINS
SFE
Weather radar
antenna mount

LINS
SFE

trol panel
LINS
SFE
Weather radar
transceiver

LINS
SFE
Weather radar
transceiver mount

LINS
SFE
34.41.302
Page 482
[ 34-30]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
Alternate full single WXR

(ARINC 708A) with PWS activation & autotilt function - HONEYWELL, PN -409
Autotilt function is incompatible with
T2CAS (CN34.43.250)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Weather radar
antenna
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
2041446-0401 1
SFE
Weather radar
antenna mount
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
2041444-0403 1
SFE
Weather radar dual

control panel
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
2041223-3131 1
SFE
Weather radar
transceiver
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
066-500080409
SFE
Weather radar
transceiver mount
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
2041213-0414 1
SFE
34.41.302
Page 483
[ 34-31]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.41.310 - Installation of dual Weather Radar (WXR) System
Objective
To provide redundancy for the WXR system.
Basic aircraft
A single X-band weather radar system, generally in
accordance with ARINC 708A is installed. The
transceiver is installed behind the forward pressure
bulkhead.
One control panel accessible to both pilots is installed
on the pedestal.
Description
Dual WXR system is installed according to the customer
requirements in place of the basic single WXR.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.41.310
Page 484
[ 34-32]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-7 - Dual Weather Radar (WXR) system

GS 394
249/16
TAS 388
6
9
LMG 004
93 NM
18:35
LMG
FF33R
12
.2R
33
ARPT
15
NDB
VOR D
WPT
CSTR
BARO
GAI
AGN
40
20
30
60
27
VOR1
CGCM
123 NM
ARC
in Hg
10
WXR transceiver (basic)
NAV
18
D130M
10
ROSE
VOR
160
ILS
PULL
STD
21
24
320
Range
selector
ND (Rose mode)
GS 394 TAS 388
249/16
35
LMG 004
93 NM
18:35
OL
33
1
ADF
2
VOR
OFF
34
Dual transceiver
mount (basic)
hPa
PLAN
ADF
VOR
ILS
FD
OFF
Mode
selector
CDN
ANG
AMB
AVD
240
CGC
240
LMG
160
WXR antenna
VOR1
CGC M
103 NM
Second WXR
transceiver
WXR antenna mount

(dual drive)
OFF
1
WX
TILT
-3.00
CAL
.2R
GAI
AGN
ND (Arc mode)
WX/TURB
2
160
WX RADAR
MAP
TILT
5
10
GAIN
15
UP
0
DN
AUTO
MAX
15
5
10
Dual control panel (Cockpit pedestal)
34.41.310
Page 485
[ 34-33]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
Dual WXR system (ARINC

708A) with PWS activation and
autotilt function - HONEYWELL, PN -409
Autotilt function is incompatible with
T2CAS (CN34.43.250)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
14.6/14.6/-14.6
14.6/14.6/-14.6
14.6/14.6/-14.6
14.6/14.6/-14.6
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Audio mixing box
T.E.A.M
BMA3603AA0 1
1
SFE
Weather radar
antenna
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
2041446-0401 1
SFE
Weather radar con- HONEYWELL

trol panel
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
2041220-3231 1
SFE
Weather radar dual

antenna mount
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
2041444-0404 1
SFE
Weather radar dual

transceiver mount
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
2041214-0401 1
SFE
Weather radar
transceiver
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
066-500080409
SFE
34.41.310
Page 486
[ 34-34]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
11
12
Dual WXR (ARINC 708A) with

PWS and multiscan (WXR
2100) - ROCKWELL COLLINS,
PN -213
Dual WXR (ARINC 708A) with

PWS activation - ROCKWELL
COLLINS, PN -624
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
Audio mixing box
T.E.A.M
Weather radar
antenna

LINS
SFE

trol panel
LINS
SFE
Weather radar dual

antenna mount

LINS
SFE
Weather radar dual

transceiver mount

LINS
SFE
Weather radar
transceiver

LINS
SFE
Audio mixing box
T.E.A.M
BMA3603AA0 1
1
SFE
Weather radar
antenna

LINS
SFE

trol panel
LINS
SFE
Weather radar dual

antenna mount

LINS
SFE
Weather radar dual

transceiver mount

LINS
SFE
Weather radar
transceiver

LINS
SFE
34.41.310
BMA3603AA0 1
1
STS
Page 487
SFE
[ 34-35]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.42.101 - Radio altimeters alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate vendors for radio altimeters equipment.
Basic aircraft
Two radio altimeter systems generally in accordance
with ARINC 707 are installed.
Description
This option installs alternate radio altimeter transceivers
and antennas mechanically and electrically interchangeable with the basic equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.42.101
Page 488
[ 34-36]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-8 - Radio altimeters
Aft cargo hold door
Antenna R2
Antenna T2
Antenna R1
Antenna T1
D
FW
Radio
altimeters
34.42.101
Page 489
[ 34-37]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
07
11
Radio altimeters basic equipment - THALES AVIONICS
Radio altimeters alternate

equipment - ROCKWELL COLLINS 900
Radio altimeters alternate

equipment - HONEYWELL, PN
066-50007-0222
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Radio altimeter
antenna
THALES AVIONICS SA
9599-60712352
SFE
Radio altimeter
transceiver
THALES AVIONICS SA
9599-60714943
SFE
Radio altimeter
antenna

LINS
SFE
Radio altimeter
transceiver

LINS
SFE
Radio altimeter
antenna
HONEYWELL
INC.
071-500260300
SFE
Radio altimeter
transceiver
HONEYWELL
INC.
066-500070222
SFE
34.42.101
Page 490
[ 34-38]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.42.101
Page 491
[ 34-39]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.42.117 - Radio altitude automatic call-outs
Objective
To customize the radio altitude announcements.
Basic aircraft
The automatic call-out function is integrated in the
FWCs and generates synthetic voice announcements
of radio altitude.
Basic definition gives the following announcements:
altitudes in feet:
2 500, (two thousand five hundred), 1000, 400, 50, 40,
30, 20, 10, 5
(e.g. at 400 ft, the voice says in English "four hundred").
"hundred above" at DH / MDA / MDH + 100 ft (*)
"minimum" at DH / MDA / MDH (*).
(*) DH on PA, MDA on NPA - QFE, MDH on NPA-QNH.
B) The following announcements are also proposed:

2 500 ft: "twenty five hundred" (refer to paragraph C)
2 000 ft: "two thousand"
500 ft: "five hundred" (refer to paragraph D)
300 ft: "three hundred"
200 ft: "two hundred"
100 ft: "one hundred"
C) It is strongly recommended to select automatic callout 2500. Basically "two thousand five hundred" is proposed but it can be replaced by "twenty five hundred".
D) According to operational requirements for TAWS it is
mandatory to select the 400 ft or 500 ft automatic callout
(at least one of them).
Description
The FWC pin programming shall be modified according
to the selected announcements.
Note
"Hundred above" and "minimum" automatic callouts
cannot be deselected.
A) The following altitude automatic callouts are strongly

recommended and should not be deselected from the
basic definition: 1 000 - 50 - 40 - 30 - 20 - 10 - 5.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
34.42.117
Page 492
[ 34-40]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-9 - Radio altitude automatic call-outs
Announcement
Comments
at 2500 ft: "two thousand five hundred"
Strongly recommended
at 2500 ft: "twenty five hundred"
Strongly recommended (alternate to "Two thousand five hundred")
at 2000 ft: "two thousand"

at 1000 ft: "one thousand"
at 500 ft: "five hundred"
500 ft or 400 ft is mandatory (at least one of them)
at 400 ft: "four hundred"
400 ft or 500 ft is mandatory (at least one of them)
at 300 ft: "three hundred"

at 200 ft: "two hundred"
at 100 ft: "one hundred"
at 50 ft: "fifty"
at 40 ft: "forty"
at 30 ft: "thirty"
at 20 ft: "twenty"
at 10 ft: "ten"
at 5 ft: "five"
at DH / MDA / MDH + 100 ft: "hundred above"
at DH / MDA / MDH: "minimum"
Cannot be deselected
Cannot be deselected
Basic announcements
34.42.117
Page 493
[ 34-41]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Radio altitude automatic callouts

Customizable.
A318-100 : Subject to customer specific
study
study
study
study
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
Equipment
reference
Radio altitude automatic call-outs
34.42.117
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
TBD
QTY
TBD
Page 494
STS
SFE
[ 34-42]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.42.117
Page 495
[ 34-43]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.43.203 - Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) alternate

equipment (SFE)
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the TCAS delivered
as SFE.
Basic aircraft
A TCAS SFE is installed, generally in accordance with
ARINC 735. TCAS equipment is software change 7,
also known as ACAS II. The transponder is basically capable of European elementary surveillance.
Description
Installation of alternate TCAS consists of:
TCAS computer and associated antennas (2)
TCAS compatible ATC transponder, mode S.
Note
ELS: ELementary Surveillance, EHS: EnHanced
Surveillance
for alternate ATC/TCAS control panel installation,
see item CN34.52.140.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.43.203
Page 496
[ 34-44]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-10 - TCAS system
STBY AUTO ON
ATC
A
T
C
OFF
ON
FAIL
2
5
3
6
ALL ABV
THRT
BLW
T
C
A
S
IDENT
STBY
TA
TCAS antenna
TA/RA
CLR
ALT RPTG
ATC/TCAS control panel
FMGC 2
Location of ATC/TCAS antennas

ATC mode S 1/
ATC mode S 2
ATC 1
mode S
capable
TCAS
FWC
2
FMGC 1
Windshear
stall inhibit
Mount for
ALT limit
TCAS
Synth.
voice
EIS displays
DMC
CFDIU
Inhibit
ATC 1/ATC 2
TCAS
GPWS
FDIU
TCAS antenna
34.43.203
Page 497
[ 34-45]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
10
TCAS change 7 - HONEYWELL

TPA 100 / ATC ELS, EHS - HONEYWELL (-1402)
TCAS change 7.1 alternate

equipment - HONEYWELL TPA100B / ATC ELS, EHS - HONEYWELL (-1402)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
ATC mode S transponder
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
066-011271402
SFE
TCAS directional
antenna
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
071-500018104
SFE
TCAS II computer
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
940-0300-001
SFE
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
066-011271402
SFE
TCAS directional
antenna
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
071-500018104
SFE
TCAS II computer
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
940-0351-001
SFE
34.43.203
Page 498
[ 34-46]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
39
61
TCAS change 7.1 - ACSS 2000 /

ATC ELS, EHS - ACSS (-10100)
DO-260A
TCAS change 7.1 - ROCKWELL

COLLINS 921 / ATC ELS, EHS ROCKWELL COLLINS 901
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
ACSS-AN L3
COMMUNICATIONS/THALES
751-780010100
SFE
TCAS directional
antenna
ACSS-AN L3
751-4081-911
SFE
TCAS II computer
ACSS-AN L3
751-790010020
SFE

LINS
SFE
TCAS directional
antenna

LINS
SFE
TCAS II computer

LINS
SFE
34.43.203
Page 499
[ 34-47]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.43.250 - Installation of T2CAS
Buyer to verify with the relevant states in which the

Buyer operates, the correctness of the information
contained in the terrain database. Errors in the terrain data shall be reported to the relevant states and
the supplier of the related equipment. In no case shall
Airbus be held responsible or liable for the contents,
acquisition, use or updating of the terrain data base.
Objective
To install a TCAS system and ATC Mode S transponder. Vendor selection for the ATC Transponder is required.
Basic aircraft
EGPWS, TCAS and ATC Transponder are installed.
Description
The EGPWS and TCAS are replaced by TCAS which
provides both TAWS & TCAS functions in the same
equipment. TCAS manufactured by ACSS is installed
in the same location as the TCAS. Customer choice is
required for the supplier of the ATC Transponder.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Note
for ATC TCAS control panel selection, see item
CN34.52.140
incompatible with weather radar autotilt function
(CN34.41.300/03 and CN34.41.310/03)
the contents of the terrain database are made available by the various states, which are members of the
ICAO world organization, to the supplier. Each state
is responsible for the definition of the content of the
terrain database. It shall be the responsibility of the
34.43.250
Page 500
[ 34-48]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
20
Install. of T2CAS - ACSS (11111)/ATC - ACSS (-10100)

DO-260A - lateral GPS posit.
with auto desel.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
ACSS-AN L3
751-780010100
Enhanced Ground
Proximity Warning
Computer
(EGPWC)
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
965-1676-00X -1
SFE
T2CAS computer
ACSS-AN L3
900000011111
SFE
TCAS directional
antenna
ACSS-AN L3
751-4081-911
SFE
34.43.250
STS
Page 501
SFE
[ 34-49]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.43.260 - T2CAS - Activation of alternate warnings
Objective
To propose alternate warnings for the Ground Collision
Avoidance Module (GCAM) within the T2CAS in line
with FAA recommendations.
Basic aircraft
The basic GCAM aural and visual annunciation is in line
with the EASA/JAA requirements:
Caution annunciation: "Terrain ahead !" voice associated with visual amber "TERR AHEAD" message on Navigation Display.
Warning annunciation: "Terrain ahead, pull-up ! , pull-up
! ..." voice associated with visual red "TERR AHEAD"
message on Navigation Display.
Avoid Terrain: "Avoid Terrain!" voice associated with
red "TERRAIN" message on Navigation Display.
Warning annunciation: "Terrain, Terrain, pull-up ! , pullup ! ..." voice associated with visual red "TERRAIN"
message on Navigation Display.
Avoid Terrain: "Avoid Terrain!" voice associated with visual red "TERRAIN" message on Navigation Display is
unchanged.
Note
Requires prior installation of a T2CAS.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Description
The modification consists of activation of the alternate
FAA recommended wording which is selectable by pin
programming:
Caution annunciation: "Caution Terrain !" voice associated with visual amber "TERRAIN" message on Navigation Display.
34.43.260
Page 502
[ 34-50]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
T2CAS - Activation of
announcements (aural and
visual) in compliance with FAA
wording
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
34.43.260
Page 503
[ 34-51]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.43.270 - Wiring provision for T3CAS
Objective
To allow later installation of a T3CAS.
Basic aircraft
A TCAS SFE is installed, generally in accordance with
ARINC 735. TCAS equipment is software change 7,
also known as ACAS II. The transponder is basically capable of European elementary surveillance.
Description
Wiring provision shall be made in the avionics compartment for later installation of a T3CAS.
The modification consists in installing additional wiring
between the ATC transponder rack and the TCAS rack
for future used by the T3CAS.
Note
T3CAS is to be used in conjunction with a transponder
ACSS DO-260A.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.43.270
Page 504
[ 34-52]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Wiring provision for T3CAS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
34.43.270
Page 505
[ 34-53]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.43.290 - Wiring provision for Aircraft Traffic Situation Awareness (ATSAW)

Objective
To allow later activation of Aircraft Traffic Situation
Awareness (ATSAW) function.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Complete wiring provision for later activation of ATSAW
function is provided.
ATSAW applications aim at enhancing the flight crews'
knowledge of the surrounding traffic information. The
principle is to use a Cockpit Display Traffic
Information (CDTI) that provides permanently updated
traffic information received via ADS-B using mode S
1090 MHz.
ATSAW enhances the traffic situational awareness with
the objective to improve the efficiency and the safety of
the flight.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.43.290
Page 506
[ 34-54]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Wiring provision for Aircraft

Traffic Situation Awareness
(ATSAW)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
34.43.290
Page 507
[ 34-55]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.43.295 - Activation of ATSAW function
Objective
To enhance the efficiency and the safety of the flight
thanks to a better traffic situational awareness.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Airborne Traffic Situational AWareness (ATSAW) aims
at enhancing the flight crews' knowledge of the surrounding traffic information. The principle is to display
permanently updated traffic information received via
ADS-B using mode S 1090 MHz.
Using a traffic selector switch, crew can select a specific

aircraft to get more information as aircraft identification
and ground speed. More information is available on
MCDU selecting the specific Traffic page.
ATSAW function:
enhances the opportunity to flight level change
optimizes the flight level and generates fuel savings
improves cooperation with ATC (better understanding of ATC instructions)
EPAC selection mode
Individual
With ATSAW, the surrounding traffic information displayed by default on ND is:

the aircraft position
the aircraft direction
the relative altitude
the vertical speed tendency.
34.43.295
Page 508
[ 34-56]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
01
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Pushbutton
AIRBUS
ABS1650-01
SFE
02

including ITP (In Trail Procedure)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Pushbutton
AIRBUS
ABS1650-01
SFE
34.43.295
Page 509
[ 34-57]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.48.124 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - alternate

equipment
Objective
To provide an alternate Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning Computer (EGPWC) capable of geometric altitude, PEAKS, OBSTACLE and use of GPS lateral position functions.
Basic aircraft
The basic EGPWC is capable of geometric altitude,
PEAKS and OBSTACLE and use of GPS lateral position functions.
database. It shall be the responsibility of the Buyer to

verify with the relevant states in which the Buyer operates, the correctness of the information contained in the
terrain database. Errors in the terrain data shall be reported to the relevant states and the supplier of the related equipment. In no case shall Airbus be held
responsible or liable for the contents, acquisition, use or
updating of the terrain data base.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Description
An alternate EGPWC manufactured by HONEYWELL is
installed in place of the basic one.
The main improvements of this alternate equipment are
the compatibility with low RNP approach, with steep approach (on A318 only) and the provision for managing
RAAS audio volume.
Note
The contents of the terrain database are made available
by the various states, which are members of the ICAO
world organization, to the supplier. Each state is responsible for the definition of the content of the terrain
34.48.124
Page 510
[ 34-58]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
EGPWC - capable of GPS lateral position
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
03
EGPWC alternate equipment HONEYWELL, -003
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Ground Proximity
Warning Computer
(GPWC)
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
965-1676-002
SFE
Ground Proximity
Warning Computer
(GPWC)
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
965-1676-003
SFE
34.48.124
Page 511
[ 34-59]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.48.127 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) alternate

warnings
Objective
To propose an EGPWS man machine interface with alternate aural and visual annunciation.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
The basic EGPWS aural and visual annunciation is in
line with the EASA/JAA wording:
Caution annunciation: "Terrain ahead !" voice associated with amber "TERR AHEAD" message on Navigation
Display.
Warning annunciation: "Terrain ahead, pull-up ! , pull-up
! ..." voice associated with red "TERR AHEAD" message on Navigation Display.
Description
The EGPWS aural and visual annunciation is:
Caution annunciation: "Caution Terrain !" voice associated with amber "TERRAIN" message on Navigation
Display.
Warning annunciation: "Terrain, Terrain, pull-up ! , pullup ! ..." voice associated with red "TERRAIN" message
on Navigation Display.
The modification is made by pin-program.
34.48.127
Page 512
[ 34-60]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
EGPWS annunciation (aural &

visual) in accordance with FAA
wording
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
34.48.127
Page 513
[ 34-61]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.48.132 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - optional

functions
Objective
To give aircraft position on the airport surface by providing aural advisories.
Basic aircraft
An EGPWC is installed.
Description
The Runway Awareness And Advisory System (RAAS)
is a new function implemented in EGPWS. It allows to
give aircraft position on the airport surface.
The aircraft position comes from GPS. The airport location comes from an EGPWS runway database.
RAAS function provides only aural advisories.
To be available, RAAS needs a certain EGPWS configuration:
EGPWS is powered up
EGPWS -003
EGPWS runway database -435 or later
RAAS Configuration Database -521
GPS position
RAAS discrete activation.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.48.132
Page 514
[ 34-62]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
15
Activation of the Runway

Awareness and Advisory System (RAAS) function in the
EGPWS (-003)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
Requires prior selection of CN34.48.124/

03 EGPWC alternate equipment - HONEYWELL, -003
34.48.132
Page 515
[ 34-63]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.51.101 - Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for DME interrogators.
Basic aircraft
Two DME interrogators generally in accordance with
ARINC 709, are installed together with the two independent L-blade antennas on the fuselage.
DME (1+2) indications are provided on EFIS NDs.
Description
The modification consists in replacing the DME interrogators by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.51.101
Page 516
[ 34-64]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-11 - DME interrogators
GS 390 TAS 380

095/20
27
30
VOR1 116. 00
CRS 010
TRO
33
24
21
18
2'30"
VOR1
TRO
15 NM
DME 1
Antenna
15
12
ADF2
JAG
ND
DME 2
Antenna
34.51.101
Page 517
[ 34-65]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
DME interrogators basic equipment - ROCKWELL COLLINS

900
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
13
DME interrogators alternate

equipment - HONEYWELL, PN
066-50013-1222
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
DME interrogator

LINS
SFE
DME interrogator
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
SFE
34.51.101
066-500131222
Page 518
[ 34-66]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.51.101
Page 519
[ 34-67]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.52.117 - Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B OUT)

Objective
To update the documentation (AFM, FCOM) to be compliant with AMC-20-24 for ADS-B OUT in Non Radar
Airspace.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The necessary changes to implement ADS-B OUT regulation for Non Radar Airspace are made.
The objective of ADS-B OUT function is to
comply with AMC-20-24 applicable to the airborne domain specified for 5NM separations in Non Radar Airspace.
Note
Not interchangeable with a transponder not capable of
ADS-B OUT.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.52.117
Page 520
[ 34-68]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
Compliance with ADS-B OUT

regulation for NRA
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
34.52.117
Page 521
[ 34-69]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.52.133 - Compliance with European enhanced surveillance (EHS) regulation

Objective
To update the documentation (AFM, FCOM, AMM) to
be compliant with TGL18/JAA NPA-20-12a (EHS regulation).
Basic aircraft
Two mode S ATC transponders compliant with ELS (Elementary surveillance).
Description
The necessary changes to implement TGL18/JAA NPA20-12a (EHS regulation) are made.
Note
Not interchangeable with a transponder non capable of
EHS.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.52.133
Page 522
[ 34-70]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Compliance with European

enhanced surveillance (EHS)
regulation
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
34.52.133
Page 523
[ 34-71]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.52.140 - Air Traffic Control (ATC) control panel alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for ATC control panel.
Basic aircraft
One ATC control panel (Mode S, TCAS with Full Time
and Above/Below display mode).
Description
ATC control panel is replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.52.140
Page 524
[ 34-72]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-12 - ATC control panel location
STBY
AUTO
AUTO
IDENT
ON
STBY
ATC
ON
FAIL
TA
1
STBY
TARA
A
T
C
OFF
ON
ATC FAIL
ALL ABV
THRT
BLW
T
C
A
S
A
T
C
1
4
ON
ALL
THRT
ABV
STBY
BLW
TA
T
C
A
S
TARA
CLR
ALT RPTG
THALES AVIONICS C124-02-AA02 (optional)
3
IDENT
OFF
ALT RPTG
THALES AVIONICS C124-04-AB02 (basic)
34.52.140
Page 525
[ 34-73]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Dual ATC/TCAS control panel

basic equipment - THALES
AVIONICS (-AB02)
Keyboard type with Full Time and Above/
Below display mode.
20
Dual ATC /TCAS control panel

alternate equipment - THALES
AVIONICS (-AA02)
Rotactor type with Full Time and Above/
Below display mode.
Not applicable to A318-100 equipped with
PW engines.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Dual ATC/TCAS
control panel
THALES AVIONICS SA
C124-04AB02
SFE
Dual ATC/TCAS
control panel
THALES AVIONICS SA
C124-02AA02
SFE
34.52.140
Page 526
[ 34-74]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.52.140
Page 527
[ 34-75]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.53.109 - Full provision for second Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
Objective
To provide full provision for the later installation of a second ADF system.
Basic aircraft
One ADF system incorporating a combined loop and
sense antenna is installed.
There is space provision for a second ADF receiver and
structural provision for the installation of a second ADF
antenna.
Description
installation of a second ADF antenna on top of the fuselage
installation of a second ADF receiver mount in the
avionics compartment
installation of associated wiring.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.53.109
Page 528
[ 34-76]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-13 - ADF system
FMGC2
FMGC1
ADF1 antenna
RMP1
ADF2 antenna
ADF receivers
Normal flow
RMP2
VOR1
VOR2
DME1
DME2
MMR1
MMR2
ADF1
Prov for
ADF2
Alternate flow
34.53.109
Page 529
[ 34-77]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Full provision for second ADF

system
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.5/8.5/-8.5
Equipment
reference
ADF antenna
34.53.109
Equipment
supplier
THALES AVIONICS SA
Equipment
PN
615-2630-102
QTY
Page 530
STS
SFE
[ 34-78]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.53.109
Page 531
[ 34-79]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.53.111 - Single Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for ADF system.
Basic aircraft
One ADF system is installed.
ADF bearing information is displayed on NDs according
to the EFIS control panel ADF/VOR selector switch positions.
ADF bearing can be displayed on the DDRMI (if selected).
Description
The ADF receiver is replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.53.111
Page 532
[ 34-80]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-14 - Single ADF system
FMGC2
FMGC1
RMP1
ADF1 antenna
RMP2
VOR1
VOR2
DME1
DME2
MMR1
MMR2
ADF1
ADF2
Normal flow
Alternate flow
34.53.111
Page 533
[ 34-81]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
ADF system basic equipment ROCKWELL COLLINS 900
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
03
ADF system alternate equipment - HONEYWELL
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
ADF receiver

LINS
SFE
ADF receiver
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
SFE
34.53.111
066-500140202
Page 534
[ 34-82]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.53.111
Page 535
[ 34-83]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.53.119 - Installation of dual Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system

Objective
To install dual ADF system to provide redundancy for
navigation purposes.
ADF1 (or 2) information is displayed on NDs according

to the EFIS control panel ADF/VOR selector switch positions.
Basic aircraft
One ADF system incorporating a combined loop and
sense antenna is installed.
There is space provision for a second ADF receiver and
structural provision for the installation of a second ADF
antenna.
Note
This option is not compatible with later installation of a
satellite TV system.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Description
The complete installation of dual ADF system is implemented as follows:
installation of a second antenna on top of the fuselage
installation of dual ADF receiver with associated
mount in the avionics compartment in place of the basic single ADF receiver
installation of associated wiring
pin-programming modification of peripheral equipment (DMC, FMGC, RMP).
34.53.119
Page 536
[ 34-84]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-15 - Dual ADF system
ADF1 antenna
ADF2 antenna
FMGC2
FMGC1
RMP1
ARPT
NDB
VOR D
40
20
60
ROSE
VOR
WPT
CSTR
160
VOR1
VOR2
hPa
DME1
DME2
FD
MMR1
MMR2
ADF1
ADF2
BARO
NAV
ARC
in Hg
10
RMP2
ILS
PLAN
PULL
STD
320
1
ADF
2
VOR
ADF
OFF
Activated
position
VOR
ILS
OFF
Normal flow
Alternate flow
34.53.119
Page 537
[ 34-85]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
04
Installation of dual ADF system

- HONEYWELL
Installation of dual ADF system

- ROCKWELL COLLINS 900
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
12.5/12.5/-12.5
12.5/12.5/-12.5
12.5/12.5/-12.5
13.0/13.0/-13.0
11.5/11.5/-11.5
11.5/11.5/-11.5
11.5/11.5/-11.5
12.0/12.0/-12.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
ADF antenna
THALES AVIONICS SA
615-2630-102
SFE
ADF receiver
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
066-500140202
SFE
ADF antenna
THALES AVIONICS SA
615-2630-102
SFE
ADF receiver

LINS
SFE
34.53.119
Page 538
[ 34-86]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.53.119
Page 539
[ 34-87]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.55.102 - VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR)/Marker receivers alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the VOR system.
Basic aircraft
Two VOR receivers are installed in the avionics compartment.
VOR 1 and VOR 2 information is displayed on NDs
depending on the position of the ADF/VOR selectors
on the EFIS control panel
VOR 1 and VOR 2 bearing is also displayed on the
DDRMI located on the main instrument panel.
Each VOR receiver shall include a marker beacon function capability.
The outer, middle and inner marker signals are displayed on the PFD.
Description
The VOR receivers are replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.55.102
Page 540
[ 34-88]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-16 - VOR/Marker
VOR antenna (dual)

ARPT
NDB
VOR D
40
20
60
ROSE
VOR
CSTR
WPT
BARO
NAV
ARC
in Hg
10
160
ILS
hPa
PLAN
PULL
STD
320
2
1
ADF
VOR
OFF
ADF
VOR
MKR antenna
ADF/VOR
control
GS 390 TAS 380
095/20
27
30
FD
Mode
selector
VOR1 116. 00
CRS 010
TRO
33
24
21
18
2'30"
VOR1
TRO
15 NM
ILS
OFF
15
12
ADF2
JAG
ROSE/VOR
34.55.102
Page 541
[ 34-89]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
13
VOR/MARKER receivers basic

equipment - ROCKWELL COLLINS 900
VOR/MARKER receivers alternate equipment - HONEYWELL, PN 066-50012-1212
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Marker antenna
CHELTON
6204-89-00
SFE
VOR antenna
CHELTON
3108-89
SFE
VOR receiver

LINS
SFE
VOR receiver
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
SFE
34.55.102
066-500121212
Page 542
[ 34-90]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.55.102
Page 543
[ 34-91]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.58.313 - Multi Mode Receiver (MMR) alternate equipment
Objective
To allow alternate equipment selection for MMR.
Description
The basic MMRs and GPS active antennas are replaced by alternate ones.
Basic aircraft
Two MMRs are installed.
Each one includes:
an ILS card - a GPS card
space provision for GLS
space provision for MLS.
Two GPS active antennas are installed above the cockpit. A dual loc and a dual glide antennas are installed.
GPS information from MMR 1 and 2 are sent to ADIRS
1,2,3 for hybridization and then to FMGC 1 and 2 for calculation of the position.
GPS is certified as per C129 class 1
Integrity is provided through ADIRU hybridization
algorithms:
when Honeywell ADIRU are installed, "HIGH step 1"
with ADIRU HG2030AExx, "HIGH step 2" with ADIRU HG2030BExx (HIGH = Honeywell Inertial Gps
Hybrid)
when NORTHROP GRUMMAN are installed, "AIME"
(AIME = Autonomous Integrity Monitored Extrapolation)
EPAC selection mode

Individual
34.58.313
Page 544
[ 34-92]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
Figure 34-17 - MMR typical installation
FMGC2
FMGC1
Active antennas
FMS
RMP1
RMP2
VOR1
VOR2
DME1
DME2
MMR1
MMR2
ADF1
Prov for
ADF2
ADIRS MMR
Avionics compartment
Normal flow
Alternate flow
34.58.313
Page 545
[ 34-93]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
02
13
21
MMR basic equipment providing ILS (FM immunity) and GPS

C1 functions - ROCKWELL
COLLINS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
MMR alternate equipment providing ILS and GPS functions

with FLS/GLS capability ROCKWELL COLLINS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
MMR alternate equipment providing ILS (FM immunity) and

GPS C1 functions - THALES
AVIONICS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
MMR alternate equipment providing ILS (FM immunity) and

GPS C1 functions - HONEYWELL
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
GPS antenna

LINS
SFE
Multi Mode
Receiver (MMR)

LINS
SFE
GPS antenna
ROCKWELL COL- 8222033001

LINS
SFE
Multi Mode
Receiver (MMR)

LINS
SFE
GPS antenna
THALES AVIONICS SA
C17065AA
SFE
Multi Mode
Receiver (MMR)
THALES AVIONICS SA
TLS755-010102A
SFE
GPS antenna
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
071-500295502
SFE
Multi Mode
Receiver (MMR)
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
066-500291161
SFE
34.58.313
Page 546
[ 34-94]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
34.58.313
Page 547
[ 34-95]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.58.316 - Activation of GLS function
Objective
To offer GNSS Landing System (GLS) capability.
Basic aircraft
Two MMR are basically installed, each one includes
GPS and ILS cards.
Description
Depending on operational needs, the GLS additional
option shall be activated through a specific MMR pinprogramming.
This GLS function enables to fly CAT I precision approaches with autoland, in an ILS look-alike manner.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.58.316
Page 548
[ 34-96]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Activation of GLS function
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
34.58.316
Page 549
[ 34-97]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.58.317 - Activation of FLS function
Objective
To offer FMS Landing System (FLS) capability.
Basic aircraft
Two MMR are basically installed, each one includes
GPS and ILS cards.
Description
Depending on operational needs, the FLS option shall
be activated thanks to a dedicated FMS OPC (Operational Programme Configuration).
This FLS function enables fly non-precision approaches
in an ILS look-alike manner.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.58.317
Page 550
[ 34-98]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Activation of FLS function
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
34.58.317
Page 551
[ 34-99]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.58.340 - Installation of MLS function for cat IIIb operation hosted by the MMR
Objective
To allow CAT IIIB operation.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The MLS function shall be implemented within the
MMR. The modified aircraft shall be capable of CAT IIIB
operation at airports equipped with adequate MLS
ground station and facilities.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
34.58.340
Page 552
[ 34-100]
Navigation 34
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
MLS function implementation

for CAT IIIB operation - THALES MMR, PN TLS755-140103A
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
MLS capture
antenna
THALES AVIONICS SA
1071-84-00
SFE
MLS landing
antenna
THALES AVIONICS SA
3602-84-00
SFE
Multi Mode
Receiver (MMR)
THALES AVIONICS SA
TLS755-140103A
SFE
34.58.340
Page 553
[ 34-101]
A320 Family
34 Navigation
34.58.340
Page 554
[ 34-102]
A320 Family
Oxygen 35
Reference
Title
35.11.102
Installation of in-situ replenishment facility for cockpit oxygen cylinder
35.11.201
Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment
35.20.010
Installation of four oxygen masks per box
35.20.113
Extended supply duration for passenger chemical oxygen system
35.20.114
Extended supply duration for passenger gaseous oxygen system
Page 555
[ 35-1]
A320 Family
35 Oxygen
35.11.102 - Installation of in-situ replenishment facility for cockpit oxygen cylinder

Objective
To permit convenient in-situ replenishing of flight crew
oxygen cylinder.
Basic aircraft
No replenishment facility is provided; the oxygen cylinder is removed via the external access door.
Structural and space provision is made for a ground filling connector and associated pressure gauge.
Description
Adaptation of the flight crew oxygen storage system, located in the LH forward under-floor compartment, to
permit in-situ charging of the oxygen cylinder, via the
access door.
installation of a filling connector
installation of a flexible tube and a duct between the
regulator and the filling connector
installation of an HP indicator
installation of appropriate wiring.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
35.11.102
Page 556
[ 35-2]
Oxygen 35
A320 Family
Figure 35-1 - External oxygen replenishment principle
Full face quick
donning mask
Optional
(Fourth occupant)
Storage box
assembly
Flex. hose
Access door
Distribution manifold
Pressure switch
Pressure regulator
transmitter
Overpressure hose
Supply
valve
LP
HP
FR13
FR11
FR9
Oxygen cylinder
Flexible hose
Direct reading
pressure gauge
overpressure
high pressure
low pressure
Test port
Manual isolation
valve
Overboard discharge
indicator
35.11.102
HP indicator
Filling connector
with cap
Page 557
[ 35-3]
A320 Family
35 Oxygen
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
Installation of in-situ replenishment facility for cockpit oxygen cylinder
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Filling flexible hose
EROS
DTH4AAR505
SFE
Filling indicator
EROS
444-00522700
SFE
Filling port assembly
EROS
DKR142
SFE
35.11.102
Page 558
[ 35-4]
Oxygen 35
A320 Family
35.11.102
Page 559
[ 35-5]
A320 Family
35 Oxygen
35.11.201 - Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate flight crew oxygen cylinder.
Basic aircraft
The flight crew oxygen cylinder is of composite material
with 77.1 cu ft (2 183 liter) capacity. It is located in the
avionics compartment, LH side.
Description
The existing composite oxygen cylinder is replaced by
alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
35.11.201
Page 560
[ 35-6]
Oxygen 35
A320 Family
Figure 35-2 - Cockpit oxygen system
Full face quick
donning mask
Storage box
assembly
Optional
(Fourth occupant)
Flex. hose
Distribution
manifold
Pressure switch
L.P. over
pressure
flex. hose
H.P. over
pressure
flex. hose
Pressure
regulator
transmitter
Over pressure
LP
HP
High pressure
Low pressure
L.P. supply
valve
77.1 Cu.ft
(composite)
Overboard
discharge indicator
Oxygen cylinder
DU
(T
115 Cu.ft
Flexible hose
Manual
isolation
valve
Test port
Supply flex. hose
)
02
Direct reading
pressure gage
(steel)
35.11.201
Page 561
[ 35-7]
A320 Family
35 Oxygen
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Cockpit oxygen cylinder basic

equipment 77.1 cu ft (composite) - AVOX SYSTEMS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
02
Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment 115 cu ft

(steel) - AVOX SYSTEMS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
04
Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment 115 cu ft (composite) - AVOX SYSTEMS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Oxygen cylinder
(77.1 cu ft)
AVOX SYSTEMS
INC.
897940-77
SFE
17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
Oxygen cylinder
(115 cu ft)
AVOX SYSTEMS
INC.
891511-14
SFE
5.5/5.5/-5.5
5.5/5.5/-5.5
5.5/5.5/-5.5
5.5/5.5/-5.5
Oxygen cylinder
(115 cu ft)
AVOX SYSTEMS
INC.
897940-15
SFE
35.11.201
Page 562
[ 35-8]
Oxygen 35
A320 Family
35.11.201
Page 563
[ 35-9]
A320 Family
35 Oxygen
35.20.010 - Installation of four oxygen masks per box
Objective
To allow unrestricted seating of passengers with infants.
Basic aircraft
Three and four masks oxygen containers are installed.
Description
Four passenger oxygen masks are installed above each
of the LH and RH passenger seat units providing a total
of eight masks per seat row.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
35.20.010
Page 564
[ 35-10]
Oxygen 35
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of four oxygen

masks per box
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
4.5/4.5/-4.5
5.0/5.0/-5.0
6.0/6.0/-6.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
35.20.010
Page 565
[ 35-11]
A320 Family
35 Oxygen
35.20.113 - Extended supply duration for passenger chemical oxygen system

Objective
To increase operational capability by providing extended supply duration for the passenger oxygen system.
Basic aircraft
A chemically generated passenger oxygen system,
from supplier B/E AEROSPACE SYSTEMS, with 15
minutes supply duration capability is installed.
Description
The basic passenger oxygen boxes are replaced by
boxes with oxygen generator supply duration increased
to 22 minutes, at the following locations:
in the lateral supply channels above passenger seats
at all attendant stations
in all lavatories
in the forward and aft entrance ceilings.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
35.20.113
Page 566
[ 35-12]
Oxygen 35
A320 Family
Figure 35-3 - Extended cabin altitude/descent profile
Flight Level (x100 ft)

410
400
300
290
Extended emergency descent profile

250
200
Basic emergency descent profile
100
Time (minutes)
0
0
10
11
12
35.20.113
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Page 567
23
[ 35-13]
A320 Family
35 Oxygen
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Basic passenger chemical oxygen system (15 min) - B/E

AEROSPACE SYSTEMS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
07
Extended supply duration for

passenger chemical oxygen
system (22 min) - B/E AEROSPACE SYSTEMS
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
35.0/35.0/-35.0
39.0/39.0/-39.0
46.0/46.0/-46.0
56.0/56.0/-56.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Passenger chemical oxygen system
B/E AEROSPACE TBD

SYSTEMS GMBH
SFE
Passenger chemical oxygen system
B/E AEROSPACE TBD

SYSTEMS GMBH
SFE
35.20.113
Page 568
[ 35-14]
Oxygen 35
A320 Family
35.20.113
Page 569
[ 35-15]
A320 Family
35 Oxygen
35.20.114 - Extended supply duration for passenger gaseous oxygen system

To provide a gaseous passenger oxygen system with
an extended oxygen supply duration.
The standard chemical oxygen system provides oxygen
for 15 min.
Space provision and structural reinforcements.
The supply duration for passenger oxygen system is extended to tbd min with the installation of gaseous oxygen cylinders in the aft cargo compartment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
35.20.114
Page 570
[ 35-16]
Oxygen 35
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Extended duration passenger

gaseous oxygen system
A319-100
124.0/124.0/-124.0
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Oxygen cylinder
(117 cu ft)
B/E AEROSPACE
OXYGEN SYST
PRODUCT LENEXA
4441103-115
SFE
Set of passenger
emergency oxygen
masks
BE AEROSPACE
TBD
SFE
35.20.114
Page 571
[ 35-17]
A320 Family
35 Oxygen
35.20.114
Page 572
[ 35-18]
A320 Family
Water/waste 38
Reference
Title
38.10.104
Installation of water conditioner in potable water system
38.41.101
Installation of auxiliary compressor in the potable water pressurization system
Page 573
[ 38-1]
A320 Family
38 Water/waste
38.10.104 - Installation of water conditioner in potable water system

Objective
To prevent build-up of limescale in the potable water
system including associated equipment as water heaters, faucets etc.
Basic aircraft
No system with limescale prevention capabilities installed.
Description
One small size water conditioner is installed in the filling/
distribution line below the potable water tank.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
38.10.104
Page 574
[ 38-2]
Water/waste 38
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
02

(A318, A319, A321)
A318-100
A319-100
A321-200
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
Water conditioner
MAN TECHNOLOGIE GMBH
9630602-1001 1
SFE
03

(A320)
A320-200
3.0/3.0/-3.0
Water conditioner
MAN TECHNOLOGIE GMBH
9630602-1101 1
SFE
38.10.104
Page 575
[ 38-3]
A320 Family
38 Water/waste
38.41.101 - Installation of auxiliary compressor in the potable water pressurization

system
Objective
To maintain potable water system pressure within the
working range of 25 to 28 lbf/sq in (172 to 193 kPa) in
flight and on the ground.
installation of pressure switch

installation of associated wiring.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Basic aircraft
The water system pressure is at least 25 lbf/sq in under
normal flight conditions.
Description
An electrically driven compressor is installed in the potable water system pressure within the working range of
25 to 28 psi (172 to 193 kpa) in flight and on the ground.
The compressor is controlled by a pressure switch, installed in the air supply line to the potable water tank.
Compressor is automatically switched ON if the system
air pressure is less than 25 psi (172 kpa).
The compressor only works if the door of the potable
water service panel is in closed position.
installation of air compressor
installation of modified air supply lines including air
filter and non return valve
38.41.101
Page 576
[ 38-4]
Water/waste 38
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of auxiliary compressor in the potable water

pressurization system
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
8.5/8.5/-8.5
8.5/8.5/-8.5
8.5/8.5/-8.5
8.5/8.5/-8.5
38.41.101
Page 577
[ 38-5]
A320 Family
38 Water/waste
38.41.101
Page 578
[ 38-6]
A320 Family
Information systems 46
Reference
Title
46.21.102
Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication (AOC) software for

ATSU
46.21.105
Activation of ARINC 623 ATS applications in the ATSU
46.21.111
Activation of VHF Data Link (VDL) Mode 2 function
46.21.140
Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) A+
46.21.142
Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) B+
Page 579
[ 46-1]
A320 Family
46 Information systems
46.21.102 - Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication

(AOC) software for ATSU
Objective
To provide Airbus standard definition of Airline Operational Communication (AOC) in the Air Traffic Services
Unit (ATSU). The AOC software supports data communications between the aircraft and the airline facilities on
the ground.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is equipped with an ATSU and its host platform (hardware + software including ACARS router).
Availability of ACARS router functionality (e.g. interface
with systems such as FMS, CFDS, AIDS) does not require installation of AOC software.
Description
The modification consists in installing in the ATSU, via
dataloading, the standard AOC software from the selected supplier (ROCKWELL COLLINS or HONEYWELL).
Each supplier proposes two solutions, one with fuel
units in pounds and one with fuel units in kg.
Note
1) Use of the ATSU requires installation of airline
ground system and contract with datalink service providers.
2) Customization of the AOC software
In case of installation of airline customized AOC, it is not
required to raise an RFC for the installation of the AIRBUS standard AOC (application software + database).
Installation of customized AOC is not managed/recorded by AIRBUS in the definition process. The certification
level of AOC applications software is level E (DO178B).
Evolution or modification of AOC software does not require AIRBUS involvement. Customization of the AOC
function is the responsibility of the airline and its selected supplier.
3) Customization of the ATSU
In order to use the ATSU, it must be configured with airline specific information. Providing this information is
supplied by the operator during the delivery process,
AIRBUS can provide customization of the ATSU during
aircraft delivery under direct responsibility of the cus-
46.21.102
Page 580
[ 46-2]
A320 Family
46.21.102 - Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication

(AOC) software for ATSU (Continued)
tomer (configuration of ACARS router and VHF scan
mask). The same applies for installation of customized
AOC software.
Should problems occur during the customization process or if the operator does not provide customization
information in due time, the aircraft will be delivered with
default ATSU configuration: default router and scan
mask configuration, standard selected AOC software.
Information to be provided during the delivery process:
Airline identification: 2 character and 3 character
codes
List and regional applicability of Datalink Service Providers contracted by the airline for the Scan Mask
(e.g. SITA Europe, SITA Pacific, Arinc, Avicom, Air
Canada)
Customized AOC software diskettes if applicable.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
46.21.102
Page 581
[ 46-3]
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
12
13
14
15
AIRBUS standard AOC software from ROCKWELL COLLINS with units in lbs (by
default)
AIRBUS standard AOC software from ROCKWELL COLLINS with units in kg (by
default)
AIRBUS standard AOC software from HONEYWELL with

units in lbs (by default)
AIRBUS standard AOC software from HONEYWELL with

units in kg (by default)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
AOC application
software diskette
for ATSU
ROCKWELL COL- 222-6279LINS

232-RVA
BFE
AOC database diskette for ATSU

501-RVD
BFE
AOC application
software diskette
for ATSU

232-RVA
BFE

001-RVB
BFE
AOC application
software diskette
for ATSU
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
998-2459-510
BFE
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
998-2449-507
BFE
AOC application
software diskette
for ATSU
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
998-2459-510
BFE
HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
998-6393-507
BFE
46.21.102
Page 582
[ 46-4]
A320 Family
46.21.102
Page 583
[ 46-5]
A320 Family
46.21.105 - Activation of ARINC 623 ATS applications in the ATSU
Objective
To provide Departure Clearance (DCL), Automatic Terminal Information System (ATIS) and Oceanic Clearance (OCL) applications, (OCL only applicable to FANS
A+)
Basic aircraft
An ATSU is installed providing ACARS function.
Description
Airbus certified (DO178B level C) A623 ATS applications shall be loaded into the ATSU.
The ATSU software must be upgraded to receive A623
ATS applications.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
46.21.105
Page 584
[ 46-6]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
Activation of ATSU ARINC 623

ATS applications capable of
FANS A+
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
46.21.105
Page 585
[ 46-7]
A320 Family
46.21.111 - Activation of VHF Data Link (VDL) Mode 2 function
Objective
To provide VDL mode 2 over the ACARS network
(VDL2/AOA), to improve air-ground digital communication and increase RF (radio frequency) transmission
speed from 2.4 to 31.5 kbps (kilo bit per second).
Basic aircraft
An ATSU is installed providing ACARS function. VDR
mode A are installed.
Description
The VDL Mode 2/AOA (ACARS over AVLC: Aviation
VHF Link Control) capability shall be activated in the
ATSU. This requires prior installation of:
upgraded ATSU software to be capable of VDL Mode
2/AOA function
upgraded VHF Data Radio (VDR) to be VDL mode 2
capable.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
46.21.111
Page 586
[ 46-8]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
Activation of VDL Mode 2 for

ACARS in ATSU (CSB4.X)
Only applicable in conjunction with VHF
Data Radio (VDR) capable of VDL mode
2.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
Equipment
reference
ATSU CONFIG
database
46.21.111
Equipment
supplier
AIRBUS
Equipment
PN
QTY
LA2T0J6000X 1
XXXX
Page 587
STS
SFE
[ 46-9]
A320 Family
46.21.140 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) A+

Objective
To face air traffic growth, and increase airspace capacity in oceanic and remote environment.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is equipped with an ATSU and its aircraft interface software (including ACARS router).
Description
FANS A+ configuration introduces FANS communication and surveillance capability in the aircraft to allow improved operations in oceanic and remote environment,
based on Air Traffic Control (ATC) applications:
Automatic Dependent Surveillance (ADS-C)
Air Traffic Service (ATS) Facilities Notification (AFN)
Controller Pilot Data Link Communication (CPDLC).
FANS A + configuration is still compatible with Airline
Operational Control (AOC) communications.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
46.21.140
Page 588
[ 46-10]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
07
Installation of FANS A+ with

data link recording capability
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
4.5/4.5/-4.5
4.5/4.5/-4.5
4.5/4.5/-4.5
4.5/4.5/-4.5
Equipment
reference
Datalink Control
and Display Unit
(DCDU)
46.21.140
Equipment
supplier
SMITHS INDUSTRIES
Equipment
PN
401MFD3-2
QTY
Page 589
STS
SFE
[ 46-11]
A320 Family
46.21.142 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) B+

Objective
To support data link operations in continental Europe
over VDL (VHF Data Link) Mode 2/ATN (Aeronautical
Telecommunication Network).
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is equipped with an ATSU and its aircraft interface software (including ACARS router).
Description
This installation includes:
upgrade of ATSU hardware to new part number
(standard "-A10") to host FANS B+ software and
router ATN.
the ACARS ATSU router software providing VDL
mode A capability is retained and upgraded to VDL
mode 2/AOA capability for AOC applications and
VDL2/ATN capability for ATC (S/W upgrade: standard "CSB6")
activation of FANS B+ with new ATSU Configuration
(21TX) and ATC applications S/W
Controller Pilot Data Link Communication (CPDLC)
application software loading into the ATSU
activation of ATC/MSG Push Buttons

installation of two Datalink Control and Display Units
(DCDUs) from SMITHS INDUSTRIES.
Note
This option allows to configure adequately the aircraft
avionics to make the aircraft operational above FL 285
in European continental high density area. Nevertheless, before starting datalink operations, the operators
(Airlines) need to ensure the following:
sign contract(s) with Datalink service provider(s)
(ARINC/SITA)
declare aircraft to these Datalink services providers
declare aircraft and its FANS capability to ATC centres of the operated routes.
This FANS B+ option is compliant of the LINK
2000+ mandate phase.
As per FAR amendments 25-124 and 121-338, provision for CVR capable of data link recording
(CN23.71.120/01) is recommended for customers operating in FANS environment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
46.21.142
Page 590
[ 46-12]
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
Installation of FANS B+
Incompatible with CN46.21.111 since
activation of VDL Mode 2 is included.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
5.5/5.5/-5.5
5.5/5.5/-5.5
5.5/5.5/-5.5
5.5/5.5/-5.5
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Air Traffic Services

Unit (ATSU)
AIRBUS
LA2T0G2100
6CA10
SFE
Air Traffic Services

Unit (ATSU) A/C
interface software
AIRBUS
LA2T0J1307E 1
00F1
SFE
Datalink Control
and Display Unit
(DCDU)
SMITHS INDUSTRIES
401MFD3-2
SFE
46.21.142
Page 591
[ 46-13]
A320 Family
46.21.142
Page 592
[ 46-14]
A320 Family
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 49
Reference
Title
49.00.105
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate equipment
Page 593
[ 49-1]
49 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)
A320 Family
49.00.105 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate APU.
Basic aircraft
The APU is installed in the tailcone of the aircraft and
the associated Electronic Control Box (ECB) in the
pressurized bulk cargo compartment, No. 5.
Description
The basic APU and ECB are replaced by alternate
equipment, designed to be compatible with all aircraft
system interfaces (drop-in installation).
It is fully interchangeable with the basic equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
49.00.105
Page 594
[ 49-2]
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 49
A320 Family
Figure 49-1 - APU components

36VU
DC BUS 1
BAT 1
GALLEY
FAULT
E
L
E
C
OFF
BAT
FAULT
FAULT
OFF
OFF
BAT 2
DC BUS 2
20VU
FAULT
A
U
T
O
ALTN
AC ESS BUS
AC BUS 1
AC BUS 2
E
L
E
C
BUS TIE
SMOKE
IDG 1
OFF
A
U
T
O
F
I
R
E
IDG 2
GEN 1
APU GEN
EXT PWR
GEN 2
FAULT
FAULT
FAULT
AVAIL
FAULT
FAULT
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
AGENT 1
AGENT 2
SQUIB
SQUIB
DISCH
DISCH
ENG
TEST
AGENT 1
APU FIRE
AGENT 2
SQUIB
PUSH
FIRE
DISCH
ENG
AGENT
FIRE
TEST
TEST
SQUIB
PUSH
SQUIB
DISCH
F
I
R
E
PUSH
DISCH
Fire panel
Electric panel
Ventilation
(left side only)
Fire extinguishing
bottle
108VU
Bleed air
duct
Exhaust duct
FLT INT
EXT PWR
108 VU
Access doors
Fuel line
NOT IN USE
AVAIL
COCKPIT CALL
ADIRU &
AVNCS VENT
COCKPIT CALL
RESET
Air intake
APU FIRE
Diverter
LIGHT TEST
APU SHUT-OFF
External power
control panel
25VU
APU
30VU
30VU
PACK FLOW
NORM
LO
MASTER SW
COCKPIT
FWD CABIN
AFT CABIN
HOT AIR
HI
FAULT
OFF
FAULT
ON
START
A
I
R
C
O
N
D
COLD
FAULT
HOT
COLD
HOT
COLD
PACK 2
OFF
FAULT
OFF
RAM AIR
ENG 1 BLEED
AUTO
FAULT
OFF
ON
A
I
R
C
O
N
D
ENG 2 BLEED
APU BLEED
SHUT
AVAIL
HOT
X BLEED
PACK 1
OPEN
FAULT
FAULT
ON
OFF
ON
ECB
(Electronic Control Box)
Air conditioning panel
49.00.105
Page 595
[ 49-3]
A320 Family
49 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
06
APU basic equipment - HAMILTON SUNDSTRAND, APS 3200
APU alternate equipment HONEYWELL, GTCP131-9A
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
24.5/24.5/-24.5
24.5/24.5/-24.5
24.5/24.5/-24.5
24.5/24.5/-24.5
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Auxiliary Power Unit HAMILTON

(APU)
SUNDSTRAND
4500001C
SFE
Electronic Control
Box (ECB)
4500003M
SFE
Auxiliary Power Unit HONEYWELL

(APU)
INC.
3800 708-1
SFE
Electronic Control
Box (ECB)
3888394221204
SFE
49.00.105
HAMILTON
SUNDSTRAND
HONEYWELL
INC.
Page 596
[ 49-4]
A320 Family
Structures 51
Reference
Title
51.00.115
Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention
51.22.250
External livery decorative adhesive film
51.22.710
Alternate paint system (CF primer/strippable) on standard areas (3 coats)
Page 597
[ 51-1]
A320 Family
51 Structures
51.00.115 - Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention
Objective
To have an extended corrosion protection on fuselage
and wings.
Basic aircraft
The following areas are treated with Type III Corrosion
Inhibitor (CI) & Water Repellent Fluid (WRF) as per
AIMS 09-08-003:
Fuselage
from frames C01 to C12, between stringers P32 LH
and P32 RH
and P19 RH
and P32 RH
from frames C35 to C47 (C35 to C47.5 on A321), between stringers P23 LH and P23 RH
from frames C47 to C63 (C47.5 to C60 on A321), between stringers P36 LH and P36 RH
from frames C63 to C77 (C60 to C77 on A321), between stringers P23 LH and P23 RH
floorgrid (cross beam only) and tail cone, between
stringers P13 LH and P13 RH.
Doors
emergency exits (A318/A319/A320)
emergency exit doors (A321)
hatches
cargo holds doors
bulk compartment door.
Vertical stabilizer
rear spar including servo-control.
Horizontal stabilizer
rear spar including servo-control.
Wings
MLG bay on areas of underwing and overwing panel
(wing strut wells)
aft face of false rear spar
aft face of rear spar inboard of gear rib 5
aft faces of shroud box.
Description
Corrosion prevention Type III is enlarged on fuselage,
floor grid and wings.
The following additional areas are protected:
Fuselage
lower shell from frames C01 to C12, between stringers P23 and P32 on LH and RH sides
lower shell from frames C21 to C35, between stringers P23 and P32 on LH and RH sides
51.00.115
Page 598
[ 51-2]
Structures 51
A320 Family
51.00.115 - Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention (Continued)

lower shell from frames C47 to C63 (C47.5 to C60 on
A321), between stringers P23 and P36 on LH and
RH sides
longitudinal beams and seat rails between frames
C36 and C70
floor panel connection sheets in the area sections 13
to 18
aft pressure bulk head above stringer 23 (forward
and aft faces)
Passenger floor structure
floor support structure from frames 47 (47.5 on A321)
to 63 (60 on A321).
Wings
all along forward face of front spar
all along aft face of rear spar
forward face of false rear spar
wing dry bays internal surfaces
wing root joint and build door
inside pylon enclosure (forward face of front spar, aft
face of D-nose sub spar and adjacent leading edge
ribs).
EPAC selection mode
Individual
51.00.115
Page 599
[ 51-3]
A320 Family
51 Structures
Figure 51-1 - Type III (CI & WRF) on standard areas
Corrosion prevention on standard areas
Vertical stabilizer
C77
C69
C70
C64
C60
C74
GALLEY / LAVATORY
AREA
C47.5
C47.1
C35.8
C35.1
C35
C21
C15
C12
C1
EMERGENCY EXIT
P7
FD
P23
P32
P36
C1
C15
C12
C21
C20
C25
C28
C35
C35.1
C35.8
C47.1
C47.5
C52
C57
C59
C62
C65
C64
C70
C69
C74
C77
PAX DOOR
P'9
FD
P'23
Wing
P'32
BULK COMPARTMENT DOOR

P'36
CARGO HOLD DOOR
P'30
AFT FACE OF REAR SPAR
INBOARD OF GEAR RIB 5
Section A-A
Section B-B
BULK HEAD
P'23
P23
Z - 495
P23
P'23
P44
AFT FACE OF
FALSE REAR SPAR
P44
MAIN LANDING GEAR BAY

ON AREAS OF UNDERWING AN
OVERWING PANEL (WING STRUT WELLS)
Protection Type III (CI & WRF)
51.00.115
Page 600
[ 51-4]
Structures 51
A320 Family
Figure 51-2 - Type III (CI & WRF) on standard and additional areas
Corrosion prevention on standard and additional areas
Vertical stabilizer
C77
C74
C69
C70
C64
C60
C47.5
C47.1
C35.8
C35.1
C35
C21
C15
C1
C12
P7
FD
P23
C1
C15
C12
C21
C20
C35
C35.1
C35.8
C47.1
C47.5
C52
C57
C59
C62
C65
C64
C70
C69
C74
C77
P'9
FD
P'23
Section 16/17
36
Section A-A
Effective for the
whole passenger floor
39
42 43
47 48
63 64 65
69 70
74
77
WING ROOT JOINT

AND BUILD DOOR
F6
F11
F13
Wing
INTERNAL SURFACES OF DRY BAY WING
F19
F21
F23
INSIDE PYLON ENCLOSURE (FWD FACE

OF FRONT SPAR, AFT FACE OF D-NOSE
SUB SPAR AND ADJACENT LEADING EDGE RIBS)
A
Section B-B
P 23
CI / WRF
CI / WRF
FORWARD FACE OF FRONT SPAR
BULK HEAD
additional area
P 24
P44
Protection Type III (CI & WRF)

Protection Type III (CI & WRF) - as per legend
51.00.115
AFT & FWD FACES

AFT FACE OF
OF FALSE REAR SPAR
REAR SPAR
MAIN LANDING GEAR BAY
ON AREAS OF UNDERWING AN
OVERWING PANEL (WING STRUT WELLS)
Page 601
[ 51-5]
A320 Family
51 Structures
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Application of Type III Corrosion Inhibitor (CI) & Water

Repellent Fluid (WRF) on standard areas
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
02
Application of Type III Corrosion Inhibitor (CI) & Water

Repellent Fluid (WRF) on additional areas
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.5/3.5/-3.5
51.00.115
Page 602
[ 51-6]
Structures 51
A320 Family
51.00.115
Page 603
[ 51-7]
A320 Family
51 Structures
51.22.250 - External livery decorative adhesive film
Objective
To answer specific request on external livery using decorative adhesive film.
Basic aircraft
The general paint scheme is based on conventional
spray process.
Note
For application restrictions due to erosion, fuel or hydraulic fluid, refer to the figure hereafter. However if adhesive films are requested in these areas, warranty
restrictions shall be applied.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Description
Standard external livery is generally provided with a
paint process. Nevertheless large decorative adhesive
film can be used for complex decor/logo.
The appropriate handling shall be in accordance with
the following criteria:
for new adhesive films, development and production
shall be handled as SFE
for existing ones already used by the customer, the
procurement shall be handled as BFE as far as possible. In this case, sample testing shall be performed
to validate final quality of the external livery.
51.22.250
Page 604
[ 51-8]
Structures 51
A320 Family
Figure 51-3 - Total constraints for adhesive film application
51.22.250
Page 605
[ 51-9]
A320 Family
51 Structures
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
53
External livery decorative

adhesive film (SFE)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Equipment
reference
Set of large decorative adhesive film
51.22.250
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
TBD
QTY
Page 606
STS
SFE
[ 51-10]
Structures 51
A320 Family
51.22.250
Page 607
[ 51-11]
A320 Family
51 Structures
51.22.710 - Alternate paint system (CF primer/strippable) on standard areas (3

coats)
Objective
To provide through a low Volatile Organic Compound
(VOC) and Chromate Free (CF) primer, strippable intermediate coat paint system, on metallic parts of fuselage
and vertical stabilizer, a selective stripping which reduces time and cost during maintenance process.
Basic aircraft
The basic paint scheme applied on fuselage and vertical stabilizer is composed of:
low VOC chromate free primer,
low VOC top coat.
Airbus will choose the paint supplier and the associated

paint material in line with the paint system chosen by the
Airline.
The intermediate coat between the primer and the top
coat enables a selective stripping which reduce time
and cost during maintenance process.
This paint process is not available on nacelles.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Description
The low Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) and Chromate Free (CF) primer, strippable intermediate coat
paint system shall be applied on metallic parts of fuselage and vertical stabilizer.
The following paint system is applied:
low VOC chromate free primer,
intermediate layer coat,
low VOC top coat.
This material is fully compliant with Health, Safety and
Environmental (HSE) regulations.
51.22.710
Page 608
[ 51-12]
Structures 51
A320 Family
Figure 51-4 - Intermediate strippable coat
Basic paint system
Alternate paint system
Low VOC top coat

Low VOC top coat
Intermediate coat
Low VOC CF primer
Low VOC CF primer
Basic Primer
Basic Primer
51.22.710
Page 609
[ 51-13]
A320 Family
51 Structures
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
08
Alternate paint system - CF

primer/strippable on fuselage
& vertical stabilizer (3 coats)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
2.5/2.5/-2.5
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.5/3.5/-3.5
4.0/4.0/-4.0
51.22.710
Page 610
[ 51-14]
A320 Family
Reference
Title
52.22.200
Installation of additional emergency exits (A319)
52.51.100
Installation of cockpit door release back-up system (MMEL conditions)
52.51.106
Installation of modified door lock mechanism
Doors 52
Page 611
[ 52-1]
A320 Family
52 Doors
52.22.200 - Installation of additional emergency exits (A319)
In order to fulfil the 160 max passengers cabin capacity
on an A319 aircraft, and to meet the evacuation data requirements, it is necessary to install a second emergency exit near the first one as per type III exits design of
the A320.
adaptation of the Flight Warning system to incorporate this door in the A319 configuration
adaptation of emergency lighting
external placards on the door and escape markings
on the wings.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

One emergency exit is installed on each side of the fuselage.
A second emergency exit is installed near the first one
as per type III exits design of the A320.
This modification includes the following aspects:
repercussion on structure of section 15
installation of the exit door and its relevant slide activation
relocation of cabin windows into emergency exit
air supply quantity assessment and air distribution
adaptation of the sidewall, dado panels and exit door
frame lining
update of the emergency evacuation analysis,
modification of primary insulation blankets
SDAC updating for data recording on the new door
52.22.200
Page 612
[ 52-2]
Doors 52
A320 Family
Figure 52-1 - Additional emergency exit - A319
Additional Emergency Exit Door on each side of fuselage - A319
52.22.200
Page 613
[ 52-3]
A320 Family
52 Doors
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of additional emergency exits (A319)
A319-100
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
69.0/69.0/-69.0
Lead-time constraint 9 months
52.22.200
Page 614
[ 52-4]
Doors 52
A320 Family
52.22.200
Page 615
[ 52-5]
A320 Family
52 Doors
52.51.100 - Installation of cockpit door release back-up system (MMEL conditions)

Objective
To install an electrical override function to ensure functionality of cockpit door system under Master Minimum
Equipment List (MMEL) conditions.
Basic aircraft
The cockpit door is intrusion & penetration resistant. No
back-up system is installed.
Description
The modification comprises the installation of:
a second control unit on the overhead panel
an additional circuit breaker
an additional NORM/BKUP/OFF switch
additional grounding points
corresponding wire harness.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
52.51.100
Page 616
[ 52-6]
Doors 52
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
07
Installation of cockpit door

release back-up system (MMEL
conditions)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
52.51.100
Page 617
[ 52-7]
A320 Family
52 Doors
52.51.106 - Installation of modified door lock mechanism
Objective
To install a closing mechanism for the cockpit door.
Basic aircraft
The door between the cockpit and the passenger cabin
is mechanically latched. This latch is operated by a knob
on the cockpit side and by a safety key on the passenger cabin side.
Description
Installation of deadbolt on the reinforced cockpit door,
on the cockpit side. The deadbolt shall allow to close the
door manually in case of electrical locking system failure, or during maintenance when power is off.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
52.51.106
Page 618
[ 52-8]
Doors 52
A320 Family
Figure 52-2 - Installation of modified door lock mechanism
52.51.106
Page 619
[ 52-9]
A320 Family
52 Doors
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
Installation of deadbolt on reinforced cockpit door
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
52.51.106
Page 620
[ 52-10]
A320 Family
Reference
Title
53.30.050
Belly fairing panels - extrusion strips
53.35.100
Ram air inlet leading edge protection
Fuselage 53
Page 621
[ 53-1]
A320 Family
53 Fuselage
53.30.050 - Belly fairing panels - extrusion strips
Objective
The modification consists in adding a profile on belly
fairing panels forward edges at FR34 (ST1,ST3,ST4) or
FR35.7 (ST2) to avoid erosion damage.
This modification is specially recommended for a/c operated in an erosive environment (Asia or over-sea operation).
Note
Interchangeability of the center panel is not any longer
kept.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Basic aircraft
The exposed panel edges are protected by anti-erosion
paint only.
Description
New adjustable extrusion strips are installed on RH lateral panel 192EB, on RH aft lateral panel 192FB, on
center panel 191BB and on LH lateral panel 191 EB.
These extrusions are fixed with the fasteners of the belly
fairing panels.
A washer is fitted between the bolt head and the panel
to ensure correct tightening. Extrusions are covered
with anti-erosion paint.
53.30.050
Page 622
[ 53-2]
Fuselage 53
A320 Family
Figure 53-1 - Location of the additional anti-erosion protection
FR34
FR35.7 (A321)
Right
lateral
panel
Z1600
Right after
lateral panel
Left lateral panel
Center panel
Anti-erosion
extrusion strip
53.30.050
Page 623
[ 53-3]
A320 Family
53 Fuselage
Figure 53-2 - Typical section of the anti-erosion extrusion strip
Anti-erosion strip
Washer
FR34
53.30.050
Page 624
[ 53-4]
Fuselage 53
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Belly fairing panels - add extrusion
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
53.30.050
Page 625
[ 53-5]
A320 Family
53 Fuselage
53.35.100 - Ram air inlet leading edge protection
Objective
To provide increased erosion resistance of the ram air
inlet lip.
Basic aircraft
Inlet leading edge is made of hard foam core faced with
prepreg skin layers.
Description
The composite material in the leading edge of the ram
air inlet is protected with a sheet of aluminum in order to
avoid erosion damage. This sheet of aluminum is painted in the background color.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
53.35.100
Page 626
[ 53-6]
Fuselage 53
A320 Family
Figure 53-3 - Ram air inlet leading edge protection
Typical section (AA & CC)
0.4mm clad aluminium protection flush

Inlet lip detail
Hard foam core

Prepreg skin
18mm
53.35.100
Page 627
[ 53-7]
A320 Family
53 Fuselage
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
Ram air inlet leading edge protection (aluminum)
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
53.35.100
Page 628
[ 53-8]
A320 Family
Stabilizers 55
Reference
Title
55.30.101
Installation of erosion protection on vertical stabilizer leading edge
Page 629
[ 55-1]
A320 Family
55 Stabilizers
55.30.101 - Installation of erosion protection on vertical stabilizer leading edge

Objective
To avoid premature rework of erosion paint system and
repair at an early stage.
EPAC selection mode

Individual
Basic aircraft
Exterior surface of the vertical stabilizer leading edge is
protected with standard paint systems.
Description
A stainless steel metal sheet, thickness 0.5 mm is installed on the vertical stabilizer leading edges 1, 2, 3
and 4 (A318 only).
The modification consists of thermal curing of prepreg
material together with the new profiled metal sheet in an
autoclave oven in order to bond the two different materials.
The metal sheets are bolted on upper and lower ends of
leading edges. Anti-erosion painting according to the dimensions of metal sheet is necessary at dorsal fin.
Note
No livery top coat shall be applied to the stainless steel.
55.30.101
Page 630
[ 55-2]
Stabilizers 55
A320 Family
Figure 55-1 - Vertical stabilizer leading edge protection (A319/A320/A321)
B - B (TYP.)
A
A-A
Stainless steel metal sheet

(0,5 mm)
A
Anti erosion painting
B
VIZ 0
56
.5
60
55.30.101
Page 631
[ 55-3]
A320 Family
55 Stabilizers
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Installation of erosion protection on vertical stabilizer leading edge - stainless steel
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
5.0/5.0/-5.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0
55.30.101
Page 632
[ 55-4]
A320 Family
Reference
Title
56.10.102
Cockpit windows alternate equipment
Windows 56
Page 633
[ 56-1]
A320 Family
56 Windows
56.10.102 - Cockpit windows alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for cockpit windows.
Basic aircraft
2 front windshields made of glass (all fixed)
4 lateral windows made of acrylic (2 sliding and
2 fixed).
Description
This modification consists in replacing the two front
windshields and/or four lateral windows by windows
from an alternate manufacturer.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
56.10.102
Page 634
[ 56-2]
Windows 56
A320 Family
Figure 56-1 - Cockpit windows
Lateral windows
Front windows
Sliding window
Guiding track
Control handle
Fixed window
Sliding window
D
FW
56.10.102
Page 635
[ 56-3]
A320 Family
56 Windows
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Basic front windows - SAINTGOBAIN SULLY / Basic lateral

windows - GKN
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Front window panel SAINT-GOBAIN

(LH)
SULLY
STA320-1-8-2
SFE
Front window panel SAINT-GOBAIN

(RH)
SULLY
STA320-2-8-2
SFE
Lateral fixed window panel (LH)
GKN AEROSPACE TRANSPARENCY

SYSTEMS
NH25216-141
SFE
Lateral fixed window panel (RH)

SYSTEMS
NH25216-142
SFE
Lateral sliding window panel (LH)

SYSTEMS
NH25216-1
SFE
Lateral sliding window panel (RH)

SYSTEMS
NH25216-2
SFE
56.10.102
Page 636
[ 56-4]
Windows 56
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
23
25
28
Alternate lateral windows SAINT-GOBAIN SULLY
Alternate lateral windows PPG
Alternate front windows - PPG
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
18.0/18.0/-18.0
18.0/18.0/-18.0
18.0/18.0/-18.0
18.0/18.0/-18.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
SAINT-GOBAIN
SULLY
SPSA320-9-2- 1
2
SFE
SAINT-GOBAIN
SULLY
SPSA320-102-2
SFE
SAINT-GOBAIN
SULLY
SPSA320-7-4- 1
2
SFE
SAINT-GOBAIN
SULLY
SPSA320-8-4- 1
2
SFE
PPG INDUSTRIES
NP165313-3
SFE
PPG INDUSTRIES
NP165313-4
SFE
PPG INDUSTRIES
NP165312-11
SFE
PPG INDUSTRIES
NP165312-12
SFE
Front window panel PPG INDUS(LH)

TRIES
NP165331-1
SFE
Front window panel PPG INDUSTRIES

(RH)
NP165331-2
SFE
56.10.102
Page 637
[ 56-5]
A320 Family
56 Windows
56.10.102
Page 638
[ 56-6]
A320 Family
Reference
Title
57.40.100
Leading edge and leading edge devices
57.49.101
Wing leading edge access panels - miscellaneous changes
Wings 57
Page 639
[ 57-1]
A320 Family
57 Wings
57.40.100 - Leading edge and leading edge devices
To install the common root fillet fairing seal currently
used on A318/A319/A321 and A320-200 CFM, as well
on A320-200 IAE in order to achieve commonality and
improve aerodynamic properties.
A specific seal assembly is standard on A320-200
equipped with IAE engines.
The common and interchangeable root fillet fairing seal
is installed, achieving commonality and improving aerodynamic properties.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
57.40.100
Page 640
[ 57-2]
Wings 57
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Install common root fillet fairing seal (A320-200 with IAE

engines)
A320-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
1.0/1.0/-1.0
57.40.100
Page 641
[ 57-3]
A320 Family
57 Wings
57.49.101 - Wing leading edge access panels - miscellaneous changes

Objective
To remove the sealant from the wing leading edge access panels
Basic aircraft
Polysulphide sealant applied to fill the gap between installed leading edge access panels and forward edge of
the bottom wing skin
Description
The sealant applied to fill the gap between installed
leading edge access panels and forward edge of the
bottom wing skin is removed.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
57.49.101
Page 642
[ 57-4]
Wings 57
A320 Family
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
01
Wing leading edge access panels - removal of sealant
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
57.49.101
Page 643
[ 57-5]
A320 Family
57 Wings
57.49.101
Page 644
[ 57-6]
A320 Family
Reference
Title
72.00.118
Engines selection and alternate equipment (A318)
72.00.119
72.00.120
72.00.121
Engines 72
Page 645
[ 72-1]
A320 Family
72 Engines
To allow basic engines selection by the customer, and
to offer alternate engines with different thrust rating.
EPAC selection mode

Individual

The basic aircraft can be equipped with the following engines (depending on the customer's choice):
CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI): CFM56-5B8/3 (PIP)
at 21 600 lbf nominal thrust or 21 200 lbf Airbus
Equivalent Thrust
or
PRATT & WHITNEY: PW6122A at 22 100 lbf nominal thrust or 21 100 lbf Airbus Equivalent Thrust.
installation of CFMI (PIP) or PRATT & WHITNEY engines
modification or pin programming of the associated
equipment: DMC, ELAC, FAC, FDIMU, FMGC,
FWC.
Note for A318-100
Airbus Equivalent Thrust definition: Mach number 0.25
/ISA+15C/ sea level thrust divided by 0.8 (representative of sea level aircraft performance).
72.00.118
Page 646
[ 72-2]
Engines 72
A320 Family
Figure 72-1 - Engines selection (A318)
PRATT & WHITNEY engines
CFMI engines
Engine mounts
Plug
Primary
nozzle
Pivoting door
thrust reverser
Air inlet
Systems
installations
Fan cowl
doors
72.00.118
Page 647
[ 72-3]
A320 Family
72 Engines
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
03
CFMI engines - CFM56-5B8/3

(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at
21 600 lbf nominal thrust
(A318-111)
A318-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI)
CFM56-5B8/3
SFE
07

(A318-112)
A318-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
CFM56-5B9/3
SFE
31
PW engines - PW6122A at 22
100 lbf nominal thrust (A318121)
A318-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
PRATT & WHITNEY
PW6122A
SFE
A318-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
PRATT & WHITNEY
PW6124A
SFE
Subject to lead-time confirmation.
35
PW engines - PW6124A at 23
800 lbf nominal thrust (A318122)
Subject to lead-time confirmation.
72.00.118
Page 648
[ 72-4]
Engines 72
A320 Family
72.00.118
Page 649
[ 72-5]
A320 Family
72 Engines
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Equivalent Thrust
or
INTERNATIONAL AERO ENGINES (IAE): V2522A5 (SelectOne) at 22 000 lbf nominal thrust or 21 900
lbf Airbus Equivalent Thrust.
installation of CFMI (PIP) or IAE (SelectOne) engines
FWC.
Note for A319-100
72.00.119
Page 650
[ 72-6]
Engines 72
A320 Family
IAE engines
CFMI engines
Engine mounts
Plug
Engine mounts
Primary
nozzle
Pivoting door
thrust reverser
Air inlet
Systems
installations
Air inlet
Systems
installations
Fan cowl
doors
72.00.119
Cascade thrust
reverser
Fan cowl
doors
Page 651
[ 72-7]
A320 Family
72 Engines
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
01

(A319-111)
A319-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
CFM56-5B5/3
SFE
03

(A319-112)
A319-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
CFM56-5B6/3
SFE
15

(A319-115)
A319-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
CFM56-5B7/3
SFE
40
IAE engines - V2522-A5 (SelectOne) at 22 000 lbf nominal

thrust (A319-131)
A319-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
INT AERO
ENGINES AG
IAE V2522-A5 2
SFE
41

thrust (A319-132)
A319-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
INT AERO
ENGINES AG
IAE V2524-A5 2
SFE
42
IAE engines - V2527M-A5

(SelectOne) at 26 500 lbf nominal thrust (A319-133)
A319-100
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
INT AERO
ENGINES AG
IAEV2527MA5
SFE
72.00.119
Page 652
[ 72-8]
Engines 72
A320 Family
72.00.119
Page 653
[ 72-9]
A320 Family
72 Engines
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Equivalent Thrust
or
FWC.
Note for A320-200
72.00.120
Page 654
[ 72-10]
Engines 72
A320 Family
IAE engines
CFMI engines
Engine mounts
Plug
Engine mounts
Primary
nozzle
Pivoting door
thrust reverser
Air inlet
Systems
installations
Air inlet
Systems
installations
Fan cowl
doors
72.00.120
Cascade thrust
reverser
Fan cowl
doors
Page 655
[ 72-11]
A320 Family
72 Engines
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
01

(A320-214)
A320-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
CFM56-5B4/3
SFE
09

(A320-215)
A320-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
CFM56-5B5/3
SFE
10

(A320-216)
A320-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
CFM56-5B6/3
SFE
30

thrust (A320-232)
A320-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
INT AERO
ENGINES AG
IAE V2527-A5 2
SFE
32
IAE engines - V2527E-A5

(SelectOne) at 26 500 lbf nominal thrust (A320-233)
A320-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
INT AERO
ENGINES AG
IAE V2527EA5
SFE
72.00.120
Page 656
[ 72-12]
Engines 72
A320 Family
72.00.120
Page 657
[ 72-13]
A320 Family
72 Engines
EPAC selection mode

Individual

Equivalent Thrust
or
FWC.
Note for A321-200
72.00.121
Page 658
[ 72-14]
Engines 72
A320 Family
IAE engines
CFMI engines
Engine mounts
Plug
Engine mounts
Primary
nozzle
Pivoting door
thrust reverser
Air inlet
Systems
installations
Air inlet
Systems
installations
Fan cowl
doors
72.00.121
Cascade thrust
reverser
Fan cowl
doors
Page 659
[ 72-15]
A320 Family
72 Engines
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
04

(A321-212)
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
CFM56-5B1/3
SFE
12

(A321-213)
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
CFM56-5B2/3
SFE
13

(A321-211)
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
CFM56-5B3/3
SFE
30

thrust (A321-232)
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
INT AERO
ENGINES AG
IAE V2530-A5 2
SFE
32

thrust (A321-231)
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Engine
INT AERO
ENGINES AG
IAE V2533-A5 2
SFE
72.00.121
Page 660
[ 72-16]
A320 Family
Engine fuel and control 73
Reference
Title
73.21.100
Installation of additional sensors for engine health monitoring
Page 661
[ 73-1]
A320 Family
73 Engine fuel and control
73.21.100 - Installation of additional sensors for engine health monitoring

Objective
To allow more detailed engine health monitoring capability .
Baseline definition for leased aircraft:
Information available from each FADEC, used for cockpit indications, is also available as data source for engine monitoring.
The FADEC system incorporates provision to process
the additional parameters.
Basic aircraft
Information available from each FADEC, used for cockpit indications, is also available as data source for engine monitoring.
The FADEC system incorporates provision to process
the additional parameters.
The sensors are connected to the FADEC.

Additional parameters are transmitted to the AIDS DMU
via the FADEC ARINC 429 bus.
The data provided by the additional sensors is directly
compatible with the ground software provided by the engine manufacturer.
There are no new reports or failure messages associated with the additional parameters.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Description
Installation of additional sensors and associated wiring
allow health monitoring of the engine modules.They
permit reading of the following parameters:
PS13: fan tip discharge pressure.
P25: HP compressor inlet pressure.
T5: LP turbine discharge temperature.
73.21.100
Page 662
[ 73-2]
Engine fuel and control 73
A320 Family

TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
03
Installation of additional sensors for CFM56-5B engine

health monitoring
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
5.0/5.0/-5.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0
73.21.100
Page 663
[ 73-3]
A320 Family
73 Engine fuel and control
73.21.100
Page 664
[ 73-4]
A320 Family
Oil 79
Reference
Title
79.00.101
Engine, engine accessories and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate lubricating oil
79.40.101
Installation of Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) oil level viewing port on engine RH fan
cowl
Page 665
[ 79-1]
A320 Family
79 Oil
79.00.101 - Engine, engine accessories and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate
lubricating oil
Objective
To provide alternate engine/APU lubricating oil.
Basic aircraft
Oil MOBIL JET II is used.
Description
Change lubricating oil type in the following equipment:
engine
engine starter
IDG
APU.
Instruction labels on the oil system shall also be replaced.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
79.00.101
Page 666
[ 79-2]
Oil 79
A320 Family
Figure 79-1 - Oil indications
APU
ENGINE
1530
F.USED
KG
1560
OIL
20
0 11.5
100
QT
0 11.5
(N1)
0.8
0.9
VIB
(N2)
1.2
1.3
NAC
C
TAT +19 C
SAT +18 C
N
%
FUEL LO PR
FLAP OPEN
20
EGT
3
90
580
TAT +19 C
SAT +18 C
G.W. 60300 KG
23 H 56
Engine page
PSI
100
105
BLEED
35
10
0 44
C
AVAIL
APU GEN
26 %
116 V
400 HZ
100
PSI
0 42
15
20
VIB
OIL QTY
BELOW 1/4
G.W. 60300 KG
23 H 56
APU page
79.00.101
Page 667
[ 79-3]
A320 Family
79 Oil
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
Std
Engine, engine accessories

and APU basic lubricating oil MOBIL JET II
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
01

and APU alternate lubricating
oil - BPTO 2380
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Not approved for use on PW 6000

engines.
12

and APU alternate lubricating
oil - BPTO 2197
Equipment
reference
79.00.101
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
Page 668
STS
[ 79-4]
Oil 79
A320 Family
79.00.101
Page 669
[ 79-5]
A320 Family
79 Oil
79.40.101 - Installation of Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) oil level viewing port on
engine RH fan cowl
Objective
To allow visual checking of the IDG oil level without
opening of the fan cowls.
Basic aircraft
Opening of the fan cowls is required to check the IDG oil
level.
Description
The modification consists in installing an access panel
on the RH fan cowls.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
79.40.101
Page 670
[ 79-6]
Oil 79
A320 Family
Figure 79-2 - IDG oil level viewing port on engine RH fan cowl
RH fan cowl door
IDG oil level

viewing port
View looking outboard
79.40.101
Page 671
[ 79-7]
A320 Family
79 Oil
TDU
Title (Remarks)
Appl.
Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL
02
Installation of IDG oil level

viewing port on CFM56-5B
engine RH fan cowl
A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Equipment
reference
Equipment
supplier
Equipment
PN
QTY
STS
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
79.40.101
Page 672
[ 79-8]

A320 System Configuration Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A320 System Configuration Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

System Configuration Guide

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Certification and external livery

General aircraft design criteria

Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)

Placards and markings

Engine fuel and control

Ice and rain protection

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Detailed table of contents

Certification and external livery

02.10.104 - Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats

General aircraft design criteria

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Placards and markings

21.20.108 - Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Detailed table of contents

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Detailed table of contents

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Detailed table of contents

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Ice and rain protection

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Detailed table of contents

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Detailed table of contents

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Detailed table of contents

Engine fuel and control

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

3) Instructions for use

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

As far as possible, the arrangement of the items follows

pend on successful product qualification and proof of

c) items titled "Provisions for..." relate to items where

d) items titled "Installation of..." relate to items where the

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Specific customer request

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Chapter cover page

Option reference and title

with a list of available items

A320 Family 25 Equipment/furnishings

fender for protection devices for the rapid decom25.52.304

Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200

Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS

Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200

Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold

Issue 6 Revision 01, January 2012

Date of the issue of the catalogue

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

[ 26-4] Issue 6 Revision 01, January 2012